10-K

w

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10‑K

(Mark One)
☒	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018
☐	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from               to

Commission file number: 001‑36711

BOOT BARN HOLDINGS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization) 90‑0776290
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

15345 Barranca Pkwy

Irvine, CA 92618

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (949) 453-4400

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.0001 par value	New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well‑known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐  No ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐  No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒  No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S‑T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☒  No ☐

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers in response to Item 405 of Regulation S‑K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10‑K or any amendment to this Form 10‑K. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non‑accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b‑2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer ☐ Accelerated filer ☒ Non‑accelerated filer ☐
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company) Smaller reporting company ☐    Emerging growth company ☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b‑2 of the Act). Yes ☐  No ☒

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of the end of its most recently completed second fiscal quarter was approximately $115.6 million. Shares held by each officer, director and person owning more than 10% of the outstanding voting and non-voting stock have been excluded from this calculation because such persons may be deemed to be affiliates of the registrant. This determination of potential affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes. Shares held include shares of which certain of such persons disclaim beneficial ownership.

The number of outstanding shares of the registrant’s common stock, $.0001 par value, as of May 15, 2018 was 27,476,196.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the 2018 fiscal year, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10‑K.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
PART I
Item 1.	Business	3
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	13
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	31
Item 2.	Properties	32
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	32
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	32
PART II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	33
Item 6.	Selected Consolidated Financial Data	34
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	38
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	54
Item 8.	Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	55
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	86
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	86
Item 9B.	Other Information	86
PART III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	87
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	87
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	87
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	87
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	87
PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules	87

Forward‑Looking Statements

This annual report contains forward‑looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical or current fact included in this annual report are forward‑looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Forward‑looking statements refer to our current expectations and projections relating to, by way of example and without limitation, our financial condition, liquidity, profitability, results of operations, margins, plans, objectives, strategies, future performance, business and industry. You can identify forward‑looking statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. These statements may include words such as “anticipate”, “estimate”, “expect”, “project”, “plan”, “intend”, “believe”, “may”, “might”, “will”, “could”, “should”, “can have”, “likely” and other words and terms of similar meaning in connection with any discussion of the timing or nature of future operating or financial performance or other events, but not all forward‑looking statements contain these identifying words. For example, all statements we make relating to our estimated and projected earnings, revenues, costs, expenditures, cash flows, growth rates and financial results, our plans and objectives for future operations, growth or initiatives, strategies or the expected outcome or impact of pending or threatened litigation are forward‑looking statements. We believe the risks attending any forward‑looking statements include, but are not limited to, those described under “Risk Factors” and include, among other things:

· risks related to levels of consumer spending and economic conditions;

· risks related to our ability to maintain and enhance a strong brand image and compete effectively;

· risks related to conditions in the foreign countries in which our products are manufactured and other risks of international trade;

· risks related to our growth, including opening new stores in new and existing geographic markets;

· risks related to our distribution model;

· risks related to our dependence on third‑party suppliers;

· risks related to our exclusive product offerings;

· risks related to retention of our key executive management and other talent required for our business, as well as costs related to wage and benefits;

· risks related to our indebtedness;

· risks related to our management information systems;

· risks relating to our e‑commerce business;

· risks relating to the seasonality of our business;

· risks relating to celebrity endorsements of our products;

· risks related to intellectual property; and

· litigation costs and the outcomes of litigation.

We derive many of our forward‑looking statements from our current operating budgets and forecasts, which are based upon detailed assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very

1

difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. For these reasons, we caution readers not to place undue reliance on these forward‑looking statements.

See “Risk Factors” for a more complete discussion of the risks and uncertainties mentioned above and for a discussion of other risks and uncertainties. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward‑looking statements we may make. All forward‑looking statements attributable to us are expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary statements as well as others made in this annual report and in our other Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filings and public communications. You should evaluate all forward‑looking statements made by us in the context of these risks and uncertainties.

We caution you that the risks and uncertainties identified by us may not be all of the factors that are important to you. Furthermore, the forward‑looking statements included in this annual report are made only as of the date hereof. Our forward‑looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments that we may make. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward‑looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.

Fiscal Year

We operate on a fiscal calendar that results in a 52‑ or 53‑week fiscal year ending on the last Saturday of March unless April 1st is a Saturday, in which case the fiscal year ends on April 1st. In a 52‑week fiscal year, each quarter includes thirteen weeks of operations; in a 53‑week fiscal year, the first, second and third quarters each include thirteen weeks of operations and the fourth quarter includes fourteen weeks of operations. The data presented contains references to fiscal 2018, fiscal 2017, and fiscal 2016, which represent our fiscal years ended March 31, 2018, April 1, 2017 and March 26, 2016, respectively. Fiscal 2018 was a 52-week period, fiscal 2017 was a 53-week period and fiscal 2016 was a 52-week period.

2

PART I

Item 1.  Business.

Our Company

We are the largest lifestyle retail chain devoted to western and work‑related footwear, apparel and accessories in the U.S. With 226 stores in 31 states as of March 31, 2018, we have approximately three times as many stores as our nearest direct competitor that sells primarily western and work wear, and believe we have the potential to double our domestic store base. Our stores, which are typically freestanding or located in strip centers, average 11,400 square feet and feature a comprehensive assortment of brands and styles, coupled with attentive, knowledgeable store associates. We target a broad and growing demographic, ranging from passionate western and country enthusiasts to workers seeking dependable, high‑quality footwear and apparel. We strive to offer an authentic, one‑stop shopping experience that fulfills the everyday lifestyle needs of our customers and, as a result, many of our customers make purchases in both the western and work wear sections of our stores. Our store environment, product offering and marketing materials represent the aesthetics of the true American West, country music and rugged, outdoor work. These threads are woven together in our motto, “Be True”, which communicates the genuine and enduring spirit of the Boot Barn brand.

Our product offering is anchored by an extensive selection of western and work boots and is complemented by a wide assortment of coordinating apparel and accessories. Many of the items that we offer are basics or necessities for our customers’ daily lives and typically represent enduring styles that are not meaningfully impacted by changing fashion trends. Accordingly, approximately 70% of our store inventory is kept in stock through automated replenishment programs. The vast majority of our merchandise in stores, on bootbarn.com and countryoutfitter.com is sold at full price and is not subject to typical inventory markdowns. Sheplers E-commerce, defined below, is more promotional and offers a greater assortment of products at discounted prices. Our boot selection, which comprises approximately one‑third of each store’s selling square footage space, is merchandised on self‑service fixtures with western boots arranged by size and work boots arranged by brand. This allows us to display the full breadth of our inventory and deliver a convenient shopping experience. We also carry market‑leading assortments of denim, western shirts, cowboy hats, belts and belt buckles, western‑style jewelry and accessories. Our western assortment includes many of the industry’s most sought‑after brands, such as Ariat,  Dan Post,  Justin,  Lucchese,  Miss Me,  Montana Silversmiths,  Stetson,Resistol and Wrangler. Our work assortment includes rugged footwear, outerwear, overalls, denim and shirts for the most physically demanding jobs where durability, performance and protection matter, including safety‑toe boots and flame‑resistant and high‑visibility clothing. Among the top work brands sold in our stores are Carhartt,  Georgia Boot,  Timberland Pro and Wolverine. Our merchandise is also available on our e‑commerce websites, www.bootbarn.com,  www.sheplers.com and www.countryoutfitter.com.

Boot Barn was founded in 1978 and, over the past 40 years, has grown both organically and through successful strategic acquisitions of competing chains. We have rebranded and remerchandised the acquired chains under the Boot Barn banner. We believe that our business model and scale provide us with competitive advantages that have contributed to our consistent and strong financial performance, generating sufficient cash flow to support national growth.

In October 2014, we completed our initial public offering and our common stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange. In February 2015 and January 2018, certain stockholders completed secondary underwritten public offerings of shares of our common stock.

Recent Acquisitions

Baskins Acquisition

On May 25, 2013, we acquired Baskins Acquisition Holdings, LLC, a western and work‑related retail chain of 30 stores located in Texas and Louisiana (“Baskins”). Through the Baskins Acquisition, we entered the Texas market, which is the number one market for western boots, apparel and accessories. All of the Baskins stores were rebranded under the Boot Barn banner and merchandised to be consistent with our existing stores.

3

Sheplers Acquisition

On June 29, 2015, we acquired Sheplers Inc. and Sheplers Holding Corporation (collectively with Sheplers, Inc. “Sheplers”), a western lifestyle company with 25 retail locations across the United States and an e-commerce business. We refer to the acquisition as the “Sheplers Acquisition”. We financed the Sheplers Acquisition with borrowings under a senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility for which Wells Fargo Bank, National Association is agent (the “June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver”), and a syndicated senior secured term loan for which GCI Capital Markets LLC is agent (the “2015 Golub Term Loan”). Through the Sheplers Acquisition, we added eight new markets, expanded both our Texas (Dallas and San Antonio) and Denver markets, and greatly increased our omni-channel capabilities as Sheplers had a leading e-commerce platform (“Sheplers E-commerce”). We rebranded 19 of the 25 retail stores acquired through the Sheplers Acquisition, and closed the remaining six stores during fiscal 2016. 

Country Outfitter Asset Acquisition

On February 16, 2017, we acquired all rights and interest in the www.countryoutfitter.com website and tradename, along with the associated social media platforms. We additionally purchased a customer email list and assumed Country Outfitter’s merchandise credits. The Country Outfitter e-commerce website sells primarily country and western fashion merchandise. The Country Outfitter assets were purchased for $1.8 million of cash and assumed liabilities. The Company operates www.countryoutfitter.com as a website separate from its other e-commerce sites, www.bootbarn.com and www.sheplers.com.  

Woods Boots Asset Acquisition

On September 11, 2017, we acquired assets from Wood’s Boots, a four-store family-owned retailer with stores in Midland and Odessa, Texas. As part of the transaction, we purchased the inventory, entered into new leases with the stores’ landlord, offered employment to the Wood’s Boots team at all four store locations and assumed certain customer credits. Based on the fair value analysis of the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the inventory was valued at $2.8 million, and the customer credits were valued at less than $0.1 million.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following strengths differentiate us from our competitors and provide a solid foundation for future growth:

Powerful lifestyle brand.  The Boot Barn brand is built on western lifestyle values that are core to American culture. Our deep understanding of this lifestyle enables us to create long‑lasting relationships with our customers who embody these ideals. Our brand is highly visible through our sponsorship of local and national rodeos, stock shows, concerts and country music artists. We sell our products through pop‑up shops at several of the largest events that we sponsor. We believe these grassroots marketing efforts make our brand synonymous with the western lifestyle, validate our brand’s authenticity and establish Boot Barn as the trusted specialty retailer for all of our customers’ everyday needs.

Strong e-commerce positioning.  We offer a compelling shopping experience to our customers, including 226 brick-and-mortar stores combined with our e-commerce websites consisting of bootbarn.com, sheplers.com and countryoutfitter.com. Bootbarn.com offers a compelling every-day low price shopping experience catered towards a lifestyle customer with western roots and a strong work influence. Sheplers.com offers a broad value proposition assortment targeted to a more promotional customer. Countryoutfitter.com has a curated assortment appealing to a more fashion-based country lifestyle customer. Each of our e-commerce sites has distinct brand positioning and provides a differentiated shopping experience to our customers.

Fast growing specialty retailer of western and work wear in the U.S.  Our broad geographic footprint, which currently spans 31states, provides us with significant economies of scale, enhanced supplier relationships, the ability to recruit and retain high quality store associates and the ability to reinvest in our business at levels that we believe exceed those of our competition.

4

Loyal customer base.  Our customers come to us for many aspects of their everyday footwear and clothing needs because of the breadth and availability of our product offering. In fiscal 2011 we implemented our customer loyalty program, B Rewarded, to enhance our connection and relationship with our customers. Our loyalty program has grown rapidly since inception and as of March 31, 2018 includes approximately 3.8 million members who have purchased merchandise from us in the last three fiscal years. The majority of our sales are made to these customers. We leverage this database, which provides useful information about our customers, to enhance our marketing activities across our stores and e-commerce websites, refine our merchandising and planning efforts and assist in our selection of sites for new stores.

Differentiated shopping experience.  We deliver a one‑stop shopping experience that engages our customers and, we believe, fulfills their lifestyle needs. Our stores are designed to create an inviting and engaging experience and include prominent storefront signage, a simple and easy‑to‑shop layout and a large and conveniently arranged self‑service selection of boots. We offer significant inventory breadth and depth across a range of boots, apparel and accessories. Additionally, all of our stores are equipped with touch screen devices that allow our customers to access millions of additional boots, apparel and other items from our e-commerce warehouse inventory as well as the inventory at most of our larger third-party vendors. We believe that our strong, long‑lasting supplier relationships enhance our ability to provide a compelling merchandise assortment with a strong in‑stock position both in‑store and online. Our knowledgeable store associates are passionate about our merchandise and deliver a high level of service to our customers. These elements help promote customer loyalty and drive repeat visits.

Compelling merchandise assortment and strategy.  We believe we offer a diverse merchandise assortment that features the most sought‑after western and work wear brands, well‑regarded niche brands and exclusive private brands across a range of merchandise categories including boots, apparel and accessories. We have a core assortment of styles that serves as a foundation for our merchandising strategy and we augment and tailor that assortment by region to cater to local preferences. In fiscal 2018, the vast majority of our merchandise sales in stores, on bootbarn.com and countryoutfitter.com were at full price, which we believe demonstrates the strength of our brand and the less discretionary nature of our product offering. Sheplers E-commerce is more promotional and offers a greater assortment of products at discounted prices.

Portfolio of exclusive private brands.  We have leveraged our scale, merchandising experience and customer knowledge to launch a portfolio of private brands exclusive to us, including Shyanne,  Cody James,  Moonshine Spirit by Brad Paisley, Idyllwind Fueled by Miranda Lambert, American Worker, El Dorado and BB Ranch. Our private brands are currently available in stores, on bootbarn.com, sheplers.com and countryoutfitter.com and offer high‑quality western and work boots as well as apparel and accessories for men, ladies and kids. Each of our private brands, which address product and price segments that we believe are underserved by third‑party brands, offers exclusive products to our customers and achieves better merchandise margins than the third-party brands that we carry. Customer receptivity and demand for our private brands has been strong, demonstrated by the increasing penetration of private brands and sales momentum across our store base and e-commerce websites.

Versatile store model with compelling unit economics.  We have successfully opened and currently operate stores that generate strong cash flow, consistent store‑level financial results and an attractive return on investment across a variety of geographies, markets, store sizes and location types. We operate stores in markets characterized as agribusiness centers and ranch regions, and in other various geographies throughout the United States. Our stores are also successful in small, rural towns and major metropolitan areas.

Our new store model requires an average net cash investment of approximately $0.8 million and targets an average payback period of three years. Our lean operating structure, coupled with our strong supplier relationships, has allowed us to grow with minimal supply chain investments as most of our products ship directly from our suppliers to our stores. We believe that our proven retail model and attractive unit economics support our ability to grow our store footprint in both new and existing markets across the U.S.

Highly experienced management team and passionate organization.  Our senior management team has extensive experience across all key retail disciplines and has been instrumental in developing a robust and scalable infrastructure to support our growth. In addition to playing an important role in developing our long‑term growth

5

initiatives, our senior management team embraces the genuine and enduring qualities of the western and work lifestyle and has created a positive culture of enthusiasm and entrepreneurial spirit which is shared by team members throughout our entire organization.

Our Growth Strategies

We are pursuing several strategies to continue our profitable growth, including:

Continuing omni-channel leadership.Our growing national footprint, social media following and broader marketing efforts drive traffic to our stores and e‑commerce websites. We operate sheplers.com and countryoutfitter.com along with bootbarn.com as an alternative to shopping in the stores, which allows us to reach customers outside our geographic footprint. We continue to make investments in both online and in-store advertising, aimed at increasing traffic to our e‑commerce websites, which reached over 29 million visits in total in fiscal 2018, and increasing the amount of merchandise purchased by customers who visit our websites, while improving the shopping experience for our customers. Additionally, all of our stores are equipped with touch screen devices that allow our customers to access millions of additional boots, apparel and other items from our e-commerce warehouse inventory as well as the inventory at most of our larger third-party vendors, purchase these items in store, and, in most cases, receive free shipping. We further continue to make investments in our e-commerce infrastructure, including adding automation to our warehouses to support expanding e-commerce growth. Our e-commerce sales as a portion of total consolidated net sales were 17.3% and 18.4% in fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017, respectively.

Driving same store sales growth.  We believe that we can continue to grow our same store sales by increasing our brand awareness, driving additional traffic to our stores and increasing the amount of merchandise purchased by customers while visiting our stores. Our management team has launched several initiatives to accelerate growth, enhance our store associates’ selling skills, drive store‑level productivity and increase customer engagement through our loyalty program.

Building our private brand portfolio.  We believe we can achieve gross margin enhancement by increasing the penetration of our private brand sales. As of March 31, 2018, our private brands include Shyanne,  Cody James,  Moonshine Spirit by Brad Paisley, American Worker, El Dorado and BB Ranch, and are sold in our stores and on all three of our e-commerce websites. We expect a full product launch of Idyllwind Fueled by Miranda Lambert in the fall of calendar year 2018. Each of our private brands, which address product and price segments that we believe are underserved by third‑party brands, offers exclusive products to our customers and achieves better merchandise margins than the third-party brands that we carry. 

Expanding our store base.  Driven by our compelling store economics, we believe that there is a significant opportunity to expand our store base in the U.S. During fiscal 2018, we opened five stores and acquired four Wood’s Boots stores. Based on an extensive analysis, we believe that we have the potential to double our domestic store base of 226 stores as of March 31, 2018. We currently plan to target store openings in new and existing markets and in adjacent and underserved markets that we believe will be receptive to our concept. Over the past several years, we have made investments in personnel, information technology, warehouse infrastructure and e‑commerce platforms to support the expansion of our operations.

Leveraging our economies of scale.  We believe that we have a variety of opportunities to increase the profitability of our business over time. Our ability to leverage our infrastructure and drive store‑level productivity due to economies of scale is expected to be a primary driver of our improvement in profitability. We intend to continually refine our merchandise mix and increase the penetration of our private brands to help differentiate us from our competitors and achieve higher merchandise margins. We also expect to capitalize on additional economies of scale in purchasing and sourcing as we grow our geographic footprint and online presence.

Enhancing brand awareness.  We intend to enhance our brand awareness and customer loyalty in a number of ways, such as continuing to grow our store base and our online and social media initiatives. We use broadcast media such as radio, television and outdoor advertisements to reach customers in new and existing markets. We also maintain our strong market position through our grassroots marketing efforts, including sponsorship of rodeos, stock shows and

6

other western industry events, as well as our association with country music, including partnerships with Brad Paisley and Miranda Lambert and up‑and‑coming country musicians. We have an effective social media strategy with high customer engagement, as evidenced by our strong following on Facebook, Instagram, Snapchat and Twitter.

Our Market Opportunity

We participate in the large, growing and highly fragmented western and work wear markets of the broader apparel and footwear industry. We offer a variety of boots, apparel and accessories that are basics or necessities for our customers’ daily lives. Many of our customers are employed in the agriculture, oil and gas, manufacturing and construction industries, and are often country and western enthusiasts. We believe that growth in the western wear market has been and will continue to be driven by the growth of western events, such as rodeos, the popularity of country music and the continued strength and endurance of the western lifestyle. We believe that growth in the work wear market has been and will continue to be driven by increasing activity in the construction sector and the return of domestic manufacturing. Additionally, government regulations for workplace safety have driven and, we believe, will continue to drive, sales in specific categories, such as safety‑toe boots and flame‑resistant and high‑visibility clothing for various industrial and outdoor occupations.

Our Sales Channels

During fiscal 2018, we continued to enhance our omni-channel capabilities. Our current omni-channel presence consists of both brick and mortar stores as well as an e-commerce platform, including www.bootbarn.com,  www.sheplers.com and www.countryoutfitter.com.

Our stores

As a lifestyle retail concept, our stores offer a broad array of merchandise to outfit an entire family, while working during the week, relaxing on the weekend, or dressing up for an evening out. Our stores are easy to navigate with clear sight lines to all major product categories. Our preferred store layout has ladies’ and children’s apparel on the right side of the store and men’s western and men’s work apparel on the left side. Our basic denim is usually merchandised on shelving placed on the exterior walls, while our premium‑priced, more stylized denim and clothing are prominently displayed on floor fixtures and mannequins. We utilize the space in the front of the store for accessories such as hats, belts, jewelry, handbags, home merchandise, gifts and various impulse purchase items.

Boots, our signature category, anchor the rear of the store with an expansive assortment displayed on fixtures up to six shelves in height. We offer virtually all of our boots in pairs out on the sales floor. To reflect the typical purchasing decision process of each of our customer segments, we arrange all western boots by size and all work boots by brand. While our knowledgeable and friendly store associates are readily available to assist our customers, the store design facilitates a self‑service shopping experience.

Our stores are generally located in or near high visibility, power and large neighborhood shopping centers with trade areas of five or more miles. Our stores average 11,400 square feet and feature a comprehensive assortment of brands and styles, coupled with attentive, knowledgeable store associates. Our stores are designed and managed to drive profitability and, we believe, create a compelling customer shopping experience.

During fiscal 2018, we opened five stores and acquired four Wood’s Boots stores. As of March 31, 2018, our retail footprint included 226 stores in the U.S. Two of our stores are operated under the “American Worker” name. Our American Worker stores primarily feature work‑related footwear, apparel and accessories. We do not currently intend to open additional American Worker stores.

7

The following table shows the number of stores in each of the 31 states in which we operated as of March 31, 2018:

	Number of
State	stores
Alabama	2
Arizona	14
California	42
Colorado	13
Florida	7
Georgia	2
Idaho	3
Illinois	1
Indiana	2
Iowa	4
Kansas	4
Kentucky	3
Louisiana	6
Minnesota	2
Missouri	2
Montana	4
Nebraska	2
Nevada	10
New Mexico	7
North Carolina	4
North Dakota	6
Oklahoma	2
Oregon	3
South Carolina	3
South Dakota	3
Tennessee	9
Texas	52
Utah	2
Washington	2
Wisconsin	1
Wyoming	9
Total	226

E-commerce

Our e‑commerce websites are a natural extension of our brand and in‑store experience, allowing us to further build awareness in our current markets and reach customers not served by our current geographic footprint. During fiscal 2018, we had over 29 million visits to our websites and we sold merchandise to customers in all 50 states. Approximately 5.8% of our total e‑commerce revenue for fiscal 2018 was generated from customers outside of the United States. Such foreign‑source revenue constituted approximately 1.2% of our overall net sales in fiscal 2018.

Our growing national footprint and broader marketing efforts drive traffic to our bootbarn.com website, which in turn also drives traffic to our stores. We believe that many customers, especially those shopping for boots, browse online at bootbarn.com and then visit our stores to make their purchases to ensure a proper fit. As a multi‑channel retailer, we are implementing technology initiatives that integrate in‑store and e‑commerce platforms into one seamless customer experience. As an example, last year we implemented in-store touch-screen devices to expand the product offering available to our in-store customers, including additional styles, colors and sizes not carried in the store. In fiscal 2018, we continued to enhance customer service with our buy online, pick up in-store function.

8

The bootbarn.com and countryoutfitter.com businesses are every-day low price models, while sheplers.com is more promotional and offers a greater assortment of products at discounted prices. For all of our e-commerce brands, we communicate information on current promotions and upcoming events on our e‑commerce websites, which helps drive purchases online and traffic to our stores. We continue to improve follow‑up email communication related to order confirmations, as well as offer boot care and other accessories associated with boot purchases.

Store expansion opportunities and site selection

We have substantial experience in opening stores in new and existing geographic markets. During the last three fiscal years, we have successfully added, on a net basis, 57 new stores through a combination of organic growth and strategic acquisitions. We evaluate potential new locations in light of a variety of criteria, including local demographics and population, the area’s industrial base, the existing competitive landscape, occupancy costs, store visibility, traffic, environmental considerations, co‑tenancy and accessibility. We also consider a region’s total store potential to help ensure efficiencies in store management and media spending. Most of our stores are in high‑traffic and highly visible locations and many have freeway signage. Stores located in metropolitan areas are typically established in high‑density neighborhoods, and stores located in rural areas are typically established near highways or major thoroughfares.

Based on an extensive internal analysis of our current customer base, store performance drivers and competitor penetration, we believe that the U.S. market supports the ability to double our current domestic store base. We utilized multiple methods for measuring market size, including a review of demographic and psychographic factors on a state‑by‑state basis. We supplemented that data by analyzing our share of the geographic markets in which we currently operate and extrapolating that share to new geographic markets. Based on our market analysis, we have created a regional and state‑by‑state development plan to strategically extend our store portfolio. Careful consideration was given to operational constraints and merchandising differences in new and existing markets, while balancing the relevant risks associated with opening stores in those markets.

Over the past several years, we have invested in construction and real estate resources, information technology and warehouse infrastructure to support the expansion of our operations. In addition, we have developed a model for new stores that assumes a leased 8,000 to 12,000 square foot space, requires an average net cash investment of approximately $0.8 million and targets an average payback period of three years. We believe that under this model we can grow our store base by approximately 10% annually over the next several years without substantially modifying our current resources and infrastructure.

Store Management and Training

We have a strong culture focused on providing superior customer service. We believe that our store associates and managers form the foundation of the Boot Barn brand. We recruit people who are welcoming, friendly and service‑oriented, and who often live the western lifestyle or have a genuine affinity for it. We have a positive culture of enthusiasm and entrepreneurial spirit throughout the Company, which is particularly strong in our stores. Given the lifestyle nature of the Boot Barn brand, we have developed a natural connection between our customers and our store associates.

Given the importance of both fit and function in selling much of our product, we utilize a well‑developed sales, service and product training program. We provide over 20 hours of training for new store associates, as well as ongoing product, sales and leadership training. Additionally, we provide home office and supplier‑led workshops on products, selling skills and leadership at our annual three‑day store manager meeting. Our store management training programs emphasize building skills that lead to effective store management and overall leadership. Our store managers are responsible for hiring and staffing our stores and are empowered with the sales, customer service and operational tools necessary to monitor employee and store performance. We believe that our continued investments in training our employees help drive loyalty from our store associates and, in turn, our customers. We are committed to providing the right merchandise solution for each of our customers based on the ultimate end use of our products. Our goal is to train each of our store associates to be able to guide a customer throughout a store and provide helpful knowledge on product fit, functions and features across our departments. Rather than rely heavily on sales commissions and supplier‑specific incentive programs, we utilize a system under which the vast majority of a store associate’s compensation is based on an

9

hourly wage. We believe that this produces a team‑oriented culture, creates a less pressured selling environment and helps ensure that our store associates are focused on the specific needs of our customers.

Merchandising

Strategy

We seek to establish our stores as a one‑stop destination for western and work‑related footwear, apparel and accessories. Our merchandising strategy is to offer a core assortment of products, brands and styles by store, department and price point. We augment and tailor this assortment by region to cater to local preferences such as toe profiles for western boots, styling for western apparel, and functions and features for work apparel and work boots depending on climate and the local industries served. In addition, we actively maintain a balance between third party brands and our own brands that, we believe, offers our customers a compelling mix between selection, product and value.

Our business is moderately seasonal and as a result our revenues fluctuate from quarter to quarter. The third quarter of our fiscal year, which includes the Christmas shopping season, has historically produced higher sales and disproportionately higher operating results than the other quarters of our fiscal year. Historically, neither the western nor the work component of our business has been meaningfully impacted by fashion trends or seasonality. We believe that many of our customers are driven primarily by utility and brand, and our best‑selling styles tend to be items that carry over from year to year with only minor updates. On average, over the last three fiscal years we have generated approximately 33% of our net sales during our third fiscal quarter.

We have a minimal amount of seasonal merchandise that could necessitate significant markdowns. This allows us to implement automated replenishment systems for approximately 70% of our store merchandise, meaning that, as sales are captured in a store’s point of sale system, recommended purchase orders are systematically generated for approval by our merchandising group, ensuring our strong in‑stock inventory position. As a result, demand and margins for the majority of our products are fairly predictable, which reduces our inventory risk.

Our products

During fiscal 2018, our products contributed to overall sales in the following manner:

· Gender:  Men’s merchandise accounted for approximately 60% of our sales with the balance being ladies, kids and unisex merchandise.

· Styling:  Western styles comprised approximately 70% of our sales, with work‑related and other styles making up the balance.

· Product category:  Boots accounted for just over half of our sales, with apparel comprising an additional 32% and the balance consisting of hats, gifts, accessories and home merchandise.

Throughout our long history we have maintained collaborative relationships with our key suppliers. These relationships, coupled with our scale, have allowed us to carry a wide selection of popular and niche brands, including Ariat,  Carhartt Workwear,  Cinch,  Corral,  Dan Post,  Georgia Boot,  Justin Boots,  Keen,  Lucchese,  Old Gringo,  Rocky,  Stetson,  Timberland,  Tony Lama,  Twisted X,  Wolverine and Wrangler. In many cases, we are one of the largest accounts of our suppliers and have become important as the largest specialty retailer of western and work wear in the U.S. As a result, we have several advantages relative to our competitors, including increased buying power and access to first‑to‑market or limited edition products. This provides us with competitive differentiation and the ability to generate higher merchandise margins.

Our scale has also allowed us to introduce our own proprietary western wear brands, Shyanne and Cody James, which offer high‑quality western boots, shirts, jackets and hats for women and men, respectively. We also have an exclusive license agreement with country music star Brad Paisley, who designs a collection of boots, apparel and accessories for us, Moonshine Spirit By Brad Paisley, that reflect his lifestyle and personality. In fiscal 2018 we entered

10

into a new partnership with country music artist Miranda Lambert, to develop a lifestyle brand, inspired by her music and creative talents, which includes boots, apparel and accessories. We develop private brand merchandise for our work wear business under the name American Worker, and for our home and gift category under the name BB Ranch. We created these brands to address segments that we believe are underserved by third‑party brands. We have a dedicated product development team that designs and sources merchandise from suppliers around the world. These product assortments are exclusive to Boot Barn and are merchandised and marketed as if they were third‑party brands both in our stores and on our three e-commerce websites. In fiscal 2018, sales from our private brand products accounted for approximately 13.5% of our consolidated sales including our stores and three e-commerce websites. These private brands differentiate us from our competitors and produce higher incremental merchandise margins than the third‑party brands that we carry.

Planning and allocation

We believe that we have assembled a talented and experienced team in both the buying and merchandise planning functions. The experience of our team is critical to understanding the technical requirements of our merchandise based on region and use, such as the appropriate safety toe regulations for work boots in a particular industry. The team is constantly managing our replenishment model to ensure a high in‑stock position by stock keeping unit, or SKU, on a store‑by‑store basis. Our merchandising team optimizes the product selection, mix and depth across our stores by analyzing demand on a market‑by‑market basis, continuously reviewing our sell‑through results, communicating with our suppliers about local market preferences and new products, shopping our competitors’ stores, and immersing themselves in trade and western lifestyle events including rodeos, country music concerts and other industry‑specific activities. Our merchandising team also makes frequent visits to our stores and partners with our regional, district and store managers to refine the merchandise assortment by region. Our team has demonstrated the ability to effectively manage merchandising, pricing and promotional strategies across our store base.

To keep the product assortment fresh, we reposition a small portion of our merchandise on the sales floor every month. To drive traffic to our stores and create in‑store energy and excitement, we execute a promotional calendar that showcases select brands or merchandise categories throughout the year and rotates on a monthly cadence. Our promotional activity also enables us to consistently engage with our customers both online and in‑store, as well as through our various marketing media. Our ability to optimize the price for each merchandise category on a market‑by‑market basis, helps us to maximize profitability while remaining price competitive. While our promotional activity is important for customer engagement, the vast majority of our merchandise sales in stores, on bootbarn.com and countryoufitter.com were at full price, which we believe demonstrates the strength of our brand and the less discretionary nature of our product offering. Sheplers E-commerce is more promotional and offers a greater assortment of products at discounted prices.

Marketing and Advertising

Our marketing strategy is designed to build brand awareness, acquire new customers, enhance customer loyalty and drive in‑store and online transactions. We customize our marketing mix for each of our markets and purposes. For example, during store grand openings we engage in additional local community outreach and advertise in local print media in select markets. We primarily use the following forms of media:

Radio and television—We purchase spots on both national and regional radio stations, primarily country music channels, to draw customers to nearby locations. We also maintain relationships with several country music artists in order to capitalize on the popularity of country music, using our stores and marketing communications to promote their album sales or concerts. In return, these country music artists often make in‑store appearances or mention us on social media and occasionally give private performances. We also purchase television spots to create awareness in new markets and occasionally help support grand openings of new stores.

Direct mail—We conduct several direct mail campaigns, and during fiscal 2018, we sent out approximately 5.8 million mailers, ranging in size from postcards to catalogs of 50 pages.

11

E‑mail—We e‑mail our e‑commerce customers and members of our B Rewarded loyalty program as part of our cross‑channel effort to drive traffic to our stores and websites. We sent over 800 million e‑mails in fiscal 2018.

Social media—We also have a marketing strategy that has produced a fast‑growing social media presence, as evidenced by our strong following on Facebook, Instagram, Snapchat and Twitter. Our posts celebrate country and western life and humor, and routinely get thousands of likes, hundreds of shares and dozens of comments each.

Event sponsorship—We typically sponsor community‑based western events each year within the regional footprint of our store locations. Houston Livestock Show and Rodeo, a well-known 20 day celebration of western heritage, is one of our most prominent sponsorships and attracts more than two million visitors to Houston, Texas, where we operate eighteen stores in the area. We also sponsor the San Antonio Stock Show and Rodeo, an 18-day event with more than two million attendees. Other prominent sponsorships include Cheyenne Frontier Days, the largest outdoor rodeo in the U.S., the Professional Rodeo Cowboys Association and related National Finals Rodeo in Las Vegas, Nevada, Professional Bull Riders and the National High School Rodeo Association, which supports rodeos for competitors in high school and junior high school. At more prominent events, we often set up pop up shops as large as 9,000 square feet, which allows participants to purchase our merchandise.

Distribution

Our suppliers ship most of our in‑store merchandise directly to our stores and a portion of our e‑commerce merchandise to our e‑commerce customers. The remaining units are either shipped from our distribution center located in Fontana, California, or from the distribution center in Wichita, Kansas, that we acquired as a result of the Sheplers Acquisition. Our distribution center in California distributes our private brand and volume discount purchases to our stores, and supplies inventory for sponsored events and new store openings. In addition, our California distribution center also helps to fulfill bootbarn.com orders. Our Wichita, Kansas distribution center fulfills the vast majority of e-commerce orders. In accordance with our automated replenishment programs, third‑party suppliers typically deliver merchandise to our stores daily, ensuring in‑stock merchandise availability and a steady flow of new inventory for our customers.

Competition

The retail industry for western and work wear is highly fragmented and characterized by primarily regional competitors. We estimate that there are thousands of independent specialty stores scattered across the country. We believe that we compete primarily with smaller regional chains and independents on the basis of product quality, brand recognition, price, customer service and the ability to identify and satisfy consumer demand. In addition, as we expand our e-commerce sales presence, we are competing to an increasing degree with online retailers and the e-commerce offerings of traditional competitors. We also compete with farm supply stores and, to a lesser degree, mass merchants, some of which are significantly larger than us, but most of which realize only a small percentage of their total revenues from the sale of western and work wear. We have approximately three times as many stores as our nearest direct competitor that sells primarily western and work wear and we believe that our nationally recognized lifestyle brand, economies of scale, breadth and depth of inventory across a variety of categories, strong in‑stock position, portfolio of authentic private brands, enhanced supplier partnerships, exclusive offerings and ability to recruit and retain high quality store associates favorably differentiates us from our competitors.

Information technology

We have made significant investments to create a scalable information technology platform to support growth in our retail and e‑commerce sales without further near‑term investments in our information technology infrastructure. We use an Enterprise Resource Planning system, which we now refer to as Aptos Retail for integrated point‑of‑sale, merchandising, planning, sales audit, customer relationship management, inventory control, loss prevention, purchase order management and business intelligence. We operate Aptos Retail on a software‑as‑a‑service platform. This approach allows us to regularly upgrade to the most recent software release with minimal operational disruption, nominal systems infrastructure investment and a relatively small in‑house information technology department. Aptos Retail also interfaces with our accounting system.

12

We have also invested in an information technology platform for our e-commerce websites. At the end of fiscal 2017, we upgraded our e-commerce platform. This upgrade of our e-commerce platform acts as the foundation for all of our digital store fronts including bootbarn.com, sheplers.com, and countryoutfitter.com.

Intellectual property

We regard our trademarks as having value and as being important to our marketing efforts. We have registered our trademarks in the U.S., including our brand name “Boot Barn” and our private label brands. We also have a registered trademark for the “Sheplers” and “Country Outfitter” brand names. We have sought foreign trademark protection by registering the Boot Barn trademark in Hong Kong, where we operate one of our subsidiaries, Boot Barn International (Hong Kong) Limited. We also own the domain name for our websites, www.bootbarn.com,  www.sheplers.com and www.countryoutfitter.com. Our policy is to pursue registration of our trademarks and to rigorously defend their infringement by third parties.

Our employees

As of March 31, 2018, we employed approximately 1,200 full‑time and 2,300 part‑time employees, of which approximately 500 were employed at our Store Support Center and distribution center and approximately 3,000 were employed at our stores. The number of employees, especially part‑time employees, fluctuates depending upon our seasonal needs. None of our employees are represented by a labor union and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good. We have never experienced a strike or significant work stoppage.

Regulation and legislation

We are subject to labor and employment laws, laws governing truth‑in‑advertising, privacy laws, safety regulations and other laws at the federal, state and local level, including consumer protection regulations, such as the Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act of 2008, that regulate retailers and govern the promotion and sale of merchandise and the operation of stores and warehouse facilities. We monitor changes in these laws and believe that we are in material compliance with all applicable laws.

We source many of our private brand products from outside the U.S. The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other similar anti‑bribery and anti‑kickback laws and regulations generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non‑U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Our policies and our supplier compliance agreements mandate compliance with applicable law, including these laws and regulations.

Item 1A.  Risk Factors 

You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this annual report, including our consolidated financial statements, and related notes included elsewhere in this annual report. If any of the following risks were realized, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

13

Risks Related To Our Business

Our sales could be severely impacted by decreases in consumer spending due to declines in consumer confidence, local economic conditions in our markets or changes in consumer preferences.

We depend upon consumers feeling confident about spending discretionary income on our products to drive our sales. Consumer spending may be adversely impacted by economic conditions, such as consumer confidence in future economic conditions, interest and tax rates, employment levels, salary and wage levels, the availability of consumer credit, the level of housing, energy and food costs and general business conditions. These risks may be exacerbated for retailers like us who focus on specialty footwear, apparel and accessories. Our financial performance is particularly susceptible to economic and other conditions in California, Texas and other states where we have a significant number of stores. Many of our stores operate in geographic areas where the local economies depend to a significant degree on oil and other commodity extraction, and many of our customers are employed in these industries. Our financial performance is accordingly susceptible to economic and other conditions relating to output and employment in these areas. Our financial performance also is impacted by conditions in the construction sector, domestic manufacturing and the transportation and warehouse sectors, the growth of which we believe is an important driver of our work wear business. In addition, our financial performance may be negatively affected if the popularity of the western and country lifestyle subsides, or if there is a general trend in consumer preferences away from boots and other western or country products in favor of another general category of footwear or attire. If this were to occur or if periods of decreased consumer spending persist, our sales could decrease, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our business largely depends on a strong brand image, and if we are unable to maintain and enhance our brand image, particularly in markets where we have newly acquired stores and in new markets where we have limited brand recognition, we may be unable to increase or maintain our level of sales.

We believe that our brand image and brand awareness have contributed significantly to the success of our business. We also believe that maintaining and enhancing our brand image, particularly in markets where we have newly acquired stores and in new markets where we have limited brand recognition, is important to maintaining and expanding our customer base. Our ability to successfully integrate newly acquired and newly opened stores into their surrounding communities, to expand into new markets or to maintain the strength and distinctiveness of our brand image in our existing markets will be adversely impacted if we fail to connect with our target customers. Our efforts to rebrand newly acquired stores could result in reduced sales and profitability of such stores. Maintaining and enhancing our brand image may require us to make substantial investments in areas such as merchandising, marketing, store operations, community relations, store graphics and employee training, which could adversely affect our cash flow and which may ultimately be unsuccessful. Furthermore, our brand image could be jeopardized if we fail to maintain high standards for merchandise quality, if we fail to comply with local laws and regulations or if we experience negative publicity or other negative events that affect our image and reputation. Some of these risks may be beyond our ability to control, such as the effects of negative publicity regarding our suppliers. Failure to successfully market and maintain our brand image in new and existing markets could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We face intense competition in our industry and we may be unable to compete effectively.

The retail industry for western and work wear is highly fragmented and characterized by primarily regional competitors. We estimate that there are thousands of independent specialty stores scattered across the country. We believe that we compete primarily with smaller regional chains and independent stores on the basis of product quality, brand recognition, price, customer service and the ability to identify and satisfy consumer demand. In addition, as we expand our e-commerce sales presence, we are competing to an increasing degree with online retailers and the e-commerce offerings of traditional competitors. We also compete with farm supply stores and, to a lesser degree, mass merchants. Competition with some or all of these retailers could require us to lower our prices or risk losing customers. In addition, significant or unusual promotional activities by our competitors may force us to respond in-kind and adversely impact our operating cash flow and gross profit. As a result of these factors, current and future competition could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

14

Many of the mass merchants and online retailers that sell some western or work wear products have greater financial, marketing and other resources than we currently do, and in the case of online retailers, lower overhead and overall cost structure. Therefore these competitors may be able to devote greater resources to the marketing and sale of these products, generate national brand recognition or adopt more aggressive pricing policies than we can, which would put us at a competitive disadvantage if they decide to expand their offerings of these product lines. Moreover, we do not possess exclusive rights to many of the elements that comprise our in-store experience and product offerings. Our competitors may seek to emulate facets of our business strategy, including our in-store experience, which could result in a reduction of some competitive advantages or special appeal that we might possess. In addition, most of our suppliers sell products to us on a non-exclusive basis. As a result, our current and future competitors may be able to duplicate or improve on some or all of the in-store and e-commerce product offerings that we believe are important in differentiating our stores, our e-commerce offerings and our customers’ shopping experience. If our competitors were to duplicate or improve on some or all of our in-store experience, or our in-store and e-commerce product offerings, our competitive position and our business could suffer.

Most of our merchandise is produced in foreign countries, making the price and availability of our merchandise susceptible to international trade risks and other international conditions.

The majority of our private brand products are manufactured in foreign countries, including Mexico and China. In addition, we purchase most of our third-party branded merchandise from domestic suppliers that have a large portion of their merchandise made in foreign countries. The countries, specifically Mexico and China, in which our merchandise currently is manufactured or may be manufactured in the future could become subject to trade restrictions imposed by the U.S., including increased tariffs or quotas, embargoes and customs restrictions, which could increase the cost or reduce the supply of products available to us and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Recently, uncertainty has increased regarding tax and trade policies, border adjustments, tariffs and government regulations affecting trade between the U.S. and other countries, such as Mexico and China. This includes the possibility of imposing tariffs or penalties on products manufactured outside the United States, including the March 22, 2018 announcement of the United States government’s institution of a 25% tariff on a range of products from China. China has already announced a plan to impose tariffs on a wide range of American products in retaliation for such American tariffs. There is also a concern that the imposition of additional tariffs by the United States could result in the adoption of tariffs by other countries as well. Such tariffs on imports from foreign countries, as well as changes in tax and trade policies such as a border adjustment tax or disallowance of certain tax deductions for imported merchandise, if enacted, could materially increase our manufacturing costs, the costs of our imported merchandise or our income tax expense, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Any tariffs by China or other foreign countries on imports of our products could also adversely affect our international e-commerce sales. Any increase in our manufacturing costs, the cost of our merchandise or limitation on the amount of merchandise we are able to purchase, or any decrease in our international e-commerce sales, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our failure to adapt to new challenges that arise when expanding into new geographic markets could adversely affect our ability to profitably operate those stores and maintain our brand image.

Our expansion into new geographic markets could result in competitive, merchandising, distribution and other challenges that are different from those we encounter in the geographic markets in which we currently operate. In addition, to the extent that our store count increases, we may face risks associated with market saturation of our product offerings and locations. Our suppliers may also restrict their sales to us in new markets to the extent they are already saturating that market with their products through other retailers or their own stores. There can be no assurance that any newly opened stores will be received as well as, or achieve net sales or profitability levels comparable to those of, our existing stores in the time periods estimated by us, or at all. If our stores fail to achieve, or are unable to sustain, acceptable net sales and profitability levels, our business may be materially harmed, we may incur significant costs associated with closing those stores and our brand image may be negatively impacted.

15

Our continued growth depends upon successfully opening new stores as well as integrating any acquired stores, and our failure to successfully open new stores or integrate acquired stores could negatively affect our business and stock price.

We have grown our store count rapidly in recent years, both organically and through strategic acquisitions of competing chains. Our ability to successfully open and operate new and acquired stores is subject to a variety of risks and uncertainties, such as:

· identifying suitable store locations, the availability of which is beyond our control;

· obtaining acceptable lease terms;

· sourcing sufficient levels of inventory;

· selecting the appropriate merchandise to appeal to our customers;

· hiring, training and retaining store employees;

· assimilating new store employees into our corporate culture;

· marketing the new stores’ locations and product offerings effectively;

· avoiding construction delays and cost overruns in connection with the build out of new stores;

· avoiding other costs in opening new stores, such as rebranding acquired locations and environmental liabilities;

· managing and expanding our infrastructure to accommodate growth; and

· integrating the new and acquired stores with our existing buying, distribution and other support operations.

Our failure to successfully address these challenges could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. We opened or acquired 9 stores in fiscal 2018, 12 stores in fiscal 2017, and 47 stores in fiscal 2016. We plan to open or acquire 23 new stores in fiscal 2019. However, there can be no assurance that we will open the planned number of new stores in fiscal 2019 or thereafter, or that any such stores will be profitable. This expansion will place increased demands on our operational, managerial and administrative resources. These increased demands could cause us to operate our existing business less effectively, which in turn could cause the financial performance of our existing stores to deteriorate. In addition, we currently plan to open some new stores within existing markets. Some of these new stores may open close enough to our existing stores that a segment of customers will stop shopping at our existing stores and instead shop at the new stores, causing sales and profitability at those existing stores to decline. If this were to occur with a number of our stores, this could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

In addition to opening new stores, we may acquire and rebrand stores. Acquiring and integrating stores involves additional risks that could adversely affect our growth and results of operations. Newly acquired stores may be unprofitable and we may incur significant costs and expenses in connection with any acquisition including systems integration and costs relating to remerchandising and rebranding the acquired stores. Integrating newly acquired chains or individual stores may divert our senior management’s attention from our core business. Our ability to integrate newly

16

acquired stores will depend on the successful expansion of our existing financial controls, distribution model, information systems, management and human resources and on attracting, training and retaining qualified employees.

As we expand our business, we may be unable to generate significant amounts of cash from operations.

As we expand our business, we will need significant amounts of cash from operations to pay our existing and future lease obligations, build out new store space, purchase inventory, pay personnel, and, if necessary, further invest in our infrastructure and facilities. We primarily rely on cash flow generated from existing stores and our e-commerce businesses to fund our current operations and our growth. It typically takes several months and a significant amount of cash to open a new store. For example, our new store model requires an average net cash investment of approximately $0.8 million. If we continue to open a large number of stores relatively close in time, the cost of these store openings and the cost of continuing operations could reduce our cash position. An increase in our net cash outflow for new stores could adversely affect our operations by reducing the amount of cash available to address other aspects of our business.

We cannot assure you that any new stores that we open will become profitable in the anticipated time frame, or at all. Not all of our stores are currently profitable. We cannot assure you that our existing stores, which may be currently profitable, will not cease to be profitable in the future.

If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to fund these activities, and sufficient funds are not otherwise available from our current credit facility or future credit facilities, we may need additional equity or debt financing. If such financing is not available to us on satisfactory terms, our ability to operate and expand our business or to respond to competitive pressures would be limited and we could be required to delay, curtail or eliminate planned store openings. Moreover, if we raise additional capital by issuing equity securities or securities convertible into equity securities, your ownership may be diluted. Any debt financing we may incur may impose covenants that restrict our operations, and will require interest payments that would create additional cash demands and financial risk for us.

Any significant change in our distribution model could initially have an adverse impact on our cash flows and results of operations.

Our suppliers ship most of our in‑store merchandise directly to our stores and a portion of our e‑commerce merchandise to our e‑commerce customers. In the future, as part of our long‑term strategic planning, we may change our distribution model to increase the amount of merchandise that we self‑distribute through a centralized distribution center. Changing our distribution model to increase distributions from a centralized distribution center to our stores and customers would initially involve significant capital expenditures, which would increase our borrowings and interest expense or temporarily reduce the rate at which we open new stores. In addition, if we are unable to successfully integrate a new distribution model into our operations in a timely manner, our supply chain could experience significant disruptions, which could reduce our sales and adversely impact our results of operations.

If we fail to maintain good relationships with our suppliers or if our suppliers are unable or unwilling to provide us with sufficient quantities of merchandise at acceptable prices, our business and operations may be adversely affected.

Our business is largely dependent on continued good relationships with our suppliers, including suppliers for our third-party branded products and manufacturers for our private brand products.During fiscal 2018, merchandise purchased from our top three suppliers accounted for approximately 24%, 8% and 8% of our sales, respectively. We operate on a purchase order basis for our private brand and third-party branded merchandise and do not have long-term written agreements with our suppliers. Accordingly, our suppliers can refuse to sell us merchandise, limit the type or quantity of merchandise that they sell to us, enter into exclusivity arrangements with our competitors or raise prices at any time, which could have an adverse impact on our business. Deterioration in our relationships with our suppliers could have a material adverse impact on our business, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to acquire desired merchandise in sufficient quantities on terms acceptable to us in the future. Also, some of our suppliers sell products directly from their own retail stores or e-commerce websites, and therefore directly compete with us. These suppliers may decide at some point in the future to discontinue supplying their merchandise to us, supply us less desirable merchandise or raise prices on the products they do sell us. If we lose key suppliers and are unable to find alternative suppliers to provide us with substitute merchandise for lost products, our business may be adversely affected.

17

Our plans to improve and expand our exclusive product offerings may be unsuccessful, and implementing these plans may divert our operational, managerial, financial and administrative resources, which could harm our competitive position and reduce our revenue and profitability.

We currently plan to grow our business by improving and expanding our exclusive product offerings, which includes introducing new brands and growing and expanding our existing brands. The principal risks to our ability to successfully carry out our plans to improve and expand our product offering are that:

· introduction of new products may be delayed, which may allow our competitors to introduce similar products in a more timely fashion, which could hinder our ability to be viewed as the exclusive provider of certain western and work apparel brands and items;

· the third‑party suppliers of our exclusive product offerings may not maintain adequate controls with respect to product specifications and quality, which may lead to costly corrective action and damage to our brand image;

· if our expanded exclusive product offerings fail to maintain and enhance our distinctive brand identity, our brand image may be diminished and our sales may decrease; and

· implementation of these plans may divert our management’s attention from other aspects of our business and place a strain on our operational, managerial, financial and administrative resources, as well as our information systems.

In addition, our ability to successfully improve and expand our exclusive product offerings may be affected by economic and competitive conditions, changes in consumer spending patterns and changes in consumer preferences. These plans could be abandoned, cost more than anticipated and divert resources from other areas of our business, any of which could impact our competitive position and reduce our revenue and profitability.

We purchase merchandise based on sales projections and our purchase of too much or too little inventory may adversely affect our overall profitability.

We must actively manage our purchase of inventory. We generally order our seasonal and private brand merchandise several months in advance of it being received and offered for sale. If there is a significant decrease in demand for these products or if we fail to accurately predict consumer demand, including by disproportionately increasing the penetration of our private brand merchandise, we may be forced to rely on markdowns or promotional sales to dispose of excess inventory. This could have an adverse effect on our margins and operating income. Conversely, if we fail to purchase a sufficient quantity of merchandise, we may not have an adequate supply of products to meet consumer demand, thereby causing us to lose sales or adversely affecting our customer relationships. Any failure on our part to anticipate, identify and respond effectively to changing consumer demand and consumer shopping preferences could adversely affect our results of operations.

A rise in the cost of fabric, raw materials, labor or transportation could increase our cost of merchandise and cause our results of operations and margins to decline.

Fluctuations in the price, availability and quality of fabrics and raw materials, such as cotton and leather, that our suppliers use to manufacture our products, as well as the cost of labor and transportation, could have adverse impacts on our cost of merchandise and our ability to meet our customers’ demands. In particular, because key components of our products are cotton and leather, any increases in the cost of cotton or leather may significantly affect the cost of our products and could have an adverse impact on our cost of merchandise. We may be unable to pass all or any of these higher costs on to our customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our profitability.

If our suppliers and manufacturers fail to use acceptable labor or other practices, our reputation may be harmed, which could negatively impact our business.

18

We purchase merchandise from independent third-party suppliers and manufacturers. If any of these suppliers have practices that are not legal or accepted in the U.S., consumers may develop a negative view of us, our brand image could be damaged and we could become the subject of boycotts by our customers or interest groups. Further, if the suppliers violate labor or other laws of their own country, these violations could cause disruptions or delays in their shipments of merchandise. For example, much of our merchandise is manufactured in China and Mexico, which have different labor practices than the U.S. We do not independently investigate whether our suppliers are operating in compliance with all applicable laws and therefore we rely upon the suppliers’ representations set forth in our purchase orders and supplier agreements concerning the suppliers’ compliance with such laws. In addition, regulatory developments regarding the use of “conflict minerals,” certain minerals originating from the Democratic Republic of Congo and adjoining countries, could affect the sourcing and availability of raw materials used by suppliers and subject us to costs associated with the regulations, including for the diligence pertaining to the presence of any conflict minerals used in our products, possible changes to products, processes or sources of our inputs, and reporting requirements. If our goods are manufactured using illegal or unacceptable labor practices in these countries, or other countries from which our suppliers source the products we purchase, our ability to supply merchandise for our stores without interruption, our brand image and, consequently, our sales may be adversely affected.

If we lose key management personnel, our operations could be negatively impacted.

We depend upon the leadership and experience of our executive management team. If we are unable to retain existing management personnel who are critical to our success, it could result in harm to our supplier and employee relationships, the loss of key information, expertise or know-how and unanticipated recruitment and training costs. The loss of the services of any of our key management personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects, and could be viewed negatively by investors and analysts, which could cause the price of our common stock to decline. We may be unable to find qualified individuals to replace key management personnel on a timely basis, without incurring increased costs or at all. We do not maintain key person life insurance covering any employee. If we lose the services of any of our key management personnel or we are unable to attract additional qualified personnel, we may be unable to successfully manage our business.

If we cannot attract, train and retain qualified employees, our business could be adversely affected.

Our success depends upon the quality of the employees we hire. We recruit people who are welcoming, friendly and service-oriented, and who often live the western lifestyle or have a genuine affinity for it. Employees in many positions must have knowledge of our merchandise and the skill necessary to excel in a customer service environment. The turnover rate in the retail industry is typically high and finding qualified candidates to fill positions may be difficult. Our planned growth will require us to hire and train even more personnel. If we cannot attract, train and retain corporate employees, district managers, store managers and store associates with the qualifications we deem necessary, our ability to effectively operate and expand may be adversely affected. In addition, we rely on temporary and seasonal personnel to staff our distribution center. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to find adequate temporary or seasonal personnel to staff our operations when needed, which may strain our existing personnel and negatively impact our operations.

Higher wage and benefit costs could adversely affect our business.

Changes in federal and state minimum wage laws and other laws relating to employee benefits, including recent legislative proposals relating to healthcare reform, could cause us to incur additional wage and benefit costs. Increased labor costs brought about by changes in minimum wage laws, other regulations or prevailing market conditions would increase our expenses and have an adverse impact on our profitability.

19

The concentration of our stores and operations in certain geographic locations subjects us to regional economic conditions and natural disasters that could adversely affect our business.

Our Store Support Center and distribution centers are located in California, Kansas and Texas. If we encounter any disruptions to our operations at these locations or if they were to shut down for any reason, including due to fire, tornado or other natural disaster, then we may be prevented from effectively operating our stores and our e-commerce businesses. Furthermore, the risk of disruption or shutdown at our buildings in California are greater than they might be if they were located in another region, as southern California is prone to natural disasters such as earthquakes and wildfires. Any disruption or shutdown at our locations could significantly impact our operations and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, of the 226 stores that we operated as of March 31, 2018, 108 of these stores were located in Arizona, California and Texas. The geographic concentration of our stores may expose us to economic downturns or natural disasters in those states where our stores are located. For example, our stores located in North Dakota, Wyoming, Colorado, Texas and surrounding areas are likely to be adversely impacted by an economic downturn affecting the oil, gas, and commodities industries. In addition, in fiscal 2018 hurricanes severely impacted parts of Texas and Florida and we lost sales and incurred additional costs as a result. Any similar events in states where our stores are concentrated could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our leverage may reduce our cash flow available to grow our business.

As of March 31, 2018, we had an aggregate of $207.5 million of total outstanding indebtedness. Our obligations to pay principal and interest under the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan will reduce our available cash flow, limiting our flexibility to respond to changing business and economic conditions and increasing any additional borrowing costs. 

Our borrowings under the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan are at variable rates, exposing us to interest rate risk.

The June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan provide for variable interest rates. As a result, if interest rates increase, our debt service obligations under the current credit facilities could increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, which would adversely impact our net income.

The June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan contain restrictions and limitations that could significantly impact our ability to operate our business.

The June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan contain covenants that, among other things, may, under certain circumstances, place limitations on the dollar amounts paid or other actions relating to:

· payments in respect of, or redemptions or acquisitions of, debt or equity issued by Boot Barn or its subsidiaries, including the payment of dividends on our common stock;

· incurring additional indebtedness;

· incurring guarantee obligations;

· paying dividends;

· creating liens on assets;

· entering into sale and leaseback transactions;

· making investments, loans or advances;

20

· entering into hedging transactions;

· engaging in mergers, consolidations or sales of all or substantially all of their respective assets; and

· engaging in certain transactions with affiliates.

In addition, the Company is required to satisfy certain financial ratios as set forth in these agreements. Our ability to satisfy these financial ratios will depend on our ongoing financial and operating performance, which in turn will be subject to economic conditions and to financial, market and competitive factors, many of which are beyond our control. Our ability to comply with these ratios in future periods will also depend on our ability to successfully implement our overall business strategy and realize contemplated synergies.

Various risks, uncertainties and events beyond our control could affect our ability to comply with the covenants contained in our current credit facilities. Failure to comply with any of these covenants could result in a default under the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan and under other agreements containing cross-default provisions. A default would permit lenders to accelerate the maturity of the debt under these agreements and to foreclose upon any collateral securing the debt. Under these circumstances, we might not have sufficient funds or other resources to satisfy all of our obligations. In addition, the limitations imposed by financing agreements on our ability to incur additional debt and to take other actions might significantly impair our ability to obtain other financing.

We are required to make significant lease payments for our stores, Store Support Center and distribution center, which may strain our cash flow.

We do not own any real estate. Instead, we lease all of our retail store locations as well as our Store Support Center and distribution centers. The store leases generally have a base lease term of five or 10 years, with one or more renewal periods of five years, on average, exercisable at our option. Many of our leases have early cancelation clauses which permit us to terminate the lease if certain sales thresholds are not met in certain periods of time. Our costs under these leases are a significant amount of our expenses and are growing rapidly as we expand the number of locations and the cost of leasing existing locations rises. In fiscal 2018, our total operating lease expense was $43.3 million, and we expect this amount to continue to increase as we open more stores. We are required to pay additional rent under many of our lease agreements based upon achieving certain sales thresholds for each store location. We are generally responsible for the payment of property taxes and insurance, utilities and common area maintenance fees. Many of our lease agreements also contain provisions which increase the rent payments on a set time schedule, causing the cash rent paid for a location to escalate over the term of the lease. In addition, rent costs could escalate when multi-year leases are renewed at the expiration of their lease term. These costs are significant, recurring and increasing, which places a consistent strain on our cash flow.

We depend on cash flows from operations to pay our lease expenses and to fulfill our other cash needs. If our business does not generate sufficient cash flows from operating activities, and sufficient funds are not otherwise available to us from borrowings under our current credit facility, future credit facilities or from other sources, we may be unable to service our operating lease expenses, grow our business, respond to competitive challenges or fund our other liquidity and capital needs, which would harm our business.

Additional sites that we lease are likely to be subject to similar long-term leases. If an existing or future store is not profitable, and we decide to close it, we may nonetheless be committed to perform our obligations under the applicable lease including, among other things, paying the base rent for the balance of the lease term. We may fail to identify suitable store locations, the availability of which is beyond our control, to replace such closed stores. In addition, as our leases expire, we may fail to negotiate renewals, either on commercially acceptable terms or at all, which could cause us to close stores in desirable locations. Thirty of our 226 store leases will reach their termination date during fiscal 2019, and none of these leases contain an option to automatically extend the lease term. If we are unable to enter into new leases or renew existing leases on terms acceptable to us or be released from our obligations under leases for stores that we close, our business, profitability and results of operations may be harmed.

21

We may be unable to maintain same store sales or net sales per square foot, which may cause our results of operations to decline.

The investing public may use same store sales or net sales per square foot projections or results, over a certain period of time, such as on a quarterly or yearly basis, as an indicator of our profitability growth. See Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for further discussion of “same store sales”. Our same store sales can vary significantly from period to period for a variety of reasons, such as the age of stores, changing economic factors, unseasonable weather, pricing, the timing of the release of new merchandise and promotional events and increased competition. These factors could cause same store sales or net sales per square foot to decline period to period or fail to grow at expected rates, which could adversely affect our results of operations and cause the price of our common stock to be volatile during such periods.

Any inability to balance our private brand merchandise with the third-party branded merchandise that we sell may have an adverse effect on our net sales and gross profit.

In fiscal 2018, sales from our private brand products accounted for approximately 13.5% of our consolidated sales including our stores and e-commerce websites. As of March 31, 2018, two of our five top selling brands were private brand merchandise. Our private brand merchandise generally has a higher gross margin than the third-party branded merchandise that we offer. As a result, we intend to attempt to increase the penetration of our private brands in the future. However, carrying our private brands limits the amount of third-party branded merchandise we can carry and, therefore, there is a risk that our customers’ perception that we offer many major brands will decline or that our suppliers of third-party branded merchandise may decide to discontinue supplying, or reduce the supply of, their merchandise. If this occurs, it could have a material adverse effect on net sales and profitability.

We cannot assure you that we will realize the expected benefits from the creation of a private-label credit card program.

During fiscal 2018 we commenced a private-label credit card program. We cannot assure you that we will realize the anticipated benefits from this program due to a number of factors.

Although we anticipate that customers who establish a credit card account with us will increase their purchases of our merchandise, leading to an increase in our net sales, we cannot assure you that this will be the case. Credit card use, payment patterns, and default rates are affected by a variety of economic, legal, social, or other factors over which we have no control and cannot predict with certainty. In addition, such factors could negatively impact the availability of credit or increase the cost of credit to our cardholders, and thus adversely affect the use of our private label credit cards.

Our private-label credit card program is operated under an agreement with a third party provider that will issue the private label credit cards to our customers and will retain a percentage of the net credit sales and payments of outstanding credit balances thereunder. The payments that we receive from the private-label credit card program will depend upon a number of factors, including the level of sales on private label accounts, the level of balances carried, payment rates, finance charge rates and other fees, and the level of credit losses. The provider will have discretion over certain material terms and conditions of the private-label credit card program and such terms and conditions could adversely affect the benefits we receive from this private-label credit card program, as well as our relations with cardholders.

We depend on the third party provider to maintain appropriate protections with respect to our customers’ personal information in its control.  Any data breaches experienced by our third party provider could result in liability to us and/or reputational harm.

Credit card operations are subject to numerous federal and state laws that impose disclosure and other requirements upon the origination, servicing and enforcement of credit accounts, and limitations on the amount of finance charges and fees that may be charged by a credit card provider. To the extent that such limitations or regulations materially limit the availability of credit or increase the cost of credit to our cardholders, our anticipated revenue streams associated with the private-label credit card program could be adversely affected.

22

If our management information systems fail to operate or are unable to support our growth, our operations could be disrupted.

We rely upon our management information systems in almost every aspect of our daily business operations. For example, our management information systems serve an integral part in enabling us to order merchandise, process merchandise at our distribution center and retail stores, perform and track sales transactions, manage personnel, pay suppliers and employees, operate our e-commerce businesses and report financial and accounting information to management. In addition, we rely on our management information systems to enable us to leverage our costs as we grow. If our management information systems fail to operate or are unable to support our growth, our store operations and e-commerce businesses could be severely disrupted, and we could be required to make significant additional expenditures to remediate any such failure.

We rely on UPS and the United States Postal Service to deliver our e-commerce merchandise to our customers and our business could be negatively impacted by disruptions in the operations of these third-party service providers.

We rely on UPS and the United States Postal Service to deliver our e-commerce merchandise to our customers. Relying on these third-party delivery services puts us at risk from disruptions in their operations, such as employee strikes, inclement weather and their inability to meet our shipping demands. If we are forced to use other delivery services, our costs could increase and we may be unable to meet shipment deadlines. Moreover, we may be unable to obtain terms as favorable as those received from the transportation providers we currently use, which would further increase our costs. In addition, if our products are not delivered to our customers on time, our customers may cancel their orders or we may lose business from these customers in the future. These circumstances may negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.

Use of social media may adversely impact our reputation or subject us to fines or other penalties.

There has been a substantial increase in the use of social media platforms, including blogs, social media websites and other forms of internet-based communication, which allow individuals access to a broad audience of consumers and other interested persons. Negative commentary regarding us or the brands that we sell may be posted on social media platforms or similar devices at any time and may harm our reputation or business. Consumers value readily available information concerning retailers and their goods and services and often act on such information without further investigation and without regard to its accuracy. The harm may be immediate without affording us an opportunity for redress or correction. In addition, social media platforms provide users with access to such a broad audience that collective action against our stores, such as boycotts, can be more easily organized. If such actions were organized, we could suffer reputational damage as well as physical damage to our stores and merchandise.

We also use social media platforms as marketing tools. For example, we maintain Facebook, Instagram, Snapchat and Twitter accounts. As laws and regulations rapidly evolve to govern the use of these platforms and devices, the failure by us, our employees or third parties acting at our direction to abide by applicable laws and regulations in the use of these platforms and devices could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations or subject us to fines or other penalties.

Our e-commerce businesses subject us to numerous risks that could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our e-commerce businesses and their continued growth subject us to certain risks that could have an adverse effect on our results of operations, including:

· diversion of traffic from our stores;

· increased e-commerce competition;

· liability for online content;

23

· government regulation of the Internet; and

· risks related to the computer systems that operate our e-commerce websites and related support systems, including computer viruses, electronic data theft and similar disruptions.

Our sales could be adversely affected by any disruption or downtime caused by the integration of new software or software upgrades. In addition, any data loss caused by such integration or upgrade could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

As we expand our e-commerce operations, we face the risk of increased losses from credit card fraud. We do not carry insurance against the risk of credit card fraud, so under current credit card practices, we may be liable for fraudulent credit card transactions even though the associated financial institution has approved payment of the orders. If we are unable to deter or control credit card fraud, or if credit card companies require more burdensome terms or refuse to accept credit card charges from us, our net income could be reduced. A breach of our e-commerce security measures could also reduce demand for our services.

In addition, we rely upon email distributions to advertise our stores and e-commerce businesses and use various data-mining techniques to effectively target these emails. Spam filters or other blocking applications designed to enable consumers to limit incoming email from advertisers may inhibit our ability to effectively reach large audiences of existing and potential customers via email. This may adversely affect our ability to generate new business and acquire new customers.

Our sales can significantly fluctuate based upon shopping seasons, which may cause our results of operations to fluctuate disproportionately on a quarterly basis.

Because of a traditionally higher level of sales during the Christmas shopping season, our sales are typically higher in the third fiscal quarter than they are in the other fiscal quarters. We also incur significant additional costs and expenses during our third fiscal quarter due to increased staffing levels and higher purchase volumes. Accordingly, the results of a single fiscal quarter should not be relied on as an indication of our annual results or future performance. In addition, any factors that harm our third fiscal quarter results of operations could have a disproportionate effect on our results of operations for the entire fiscal year.

We buy and stock merchandise based upon seasonal weather patterns and therefore unseasonable or extreme weather could negatively impact our sales, financial condition and results of operations.

We buy and stock merchandise for sale based upon expected seasonal weather patterns. If we encounter unseasonable weather, such as warmer winters or cooler summers than would be considered typical, these weather variations could cause some of our merchandise to be inconsistent with what consumers wish to purchase, causing our sales to decline. In addition, weather conditions affect the demand for our products, which in turn has an impact on prices. In past years, weather conditions, including unseasonably warm weather in winter months, and extreme weather conditions, including snow and ice storms, flood and wind damage, hurricanes, tornadoes, extreme rain and droughts, have affected our sales and results of operations both positively and negatively. Furthermore, extended unseasonable weather conditions, particularly in California or Texas, will likely have a greater impact on our sales because of our store concentration in those regions. Our strategy is to remain flexible and to react to unseasonable and extreme weather conditions by adjusting our merchandise assortments and redirecting inventories to stores affected by the weather conditions. Should such a strategy not be effective, unseasonable or extreme weather may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

If we fail to obtain and retain high-visibility sponsorship or endorsement arrangements with celebrities, or if the reputation of any of the celebrities that we partner with is impaired, our business may suffer.

A principal component of our marketing program is to partner with well-known country music artists and other celebrities for sponsorship and endorsement arrangements. Although we have partnered with several well-known celebrities in this manner, some of these persons may not continue their endorsements, may not continue to succeed in

24

their fields or may engage in activities which could bring disrepute on themselves and, in turn, on us and our brand image and products. We also may not be able to attract and partner with new celebrities that may emerge in the future. Competition for endorsers is significant and adverse publicity regarding us or our industry could make it more difficult to attract and retain endorsers. Any of these failures by us or the celebrities that we partner with could adversely affect our business and revenues.

Our management information systems and databases could be disrupted by system security failures, cyber threats or by the failure of, or lack of access to, our Enterprise Resource Planning system. These disruptions could negatively impact our sales, increase our expenses and/or harm our reputation.

Hackers, computer programmers and internal users may be able to penetrate our network security and create system disruptions, cause shutdowns and misappropriate our confidential information or that of our employees and third parties, including our customers. Therefore, we could incur significant expenses addressing problems created by security breaches to our network. This risk is heightened because we collect and store customer information for marketing purposes, as well as debit and credit card information. We must, and do, take precautions to secure customer information and prevent unauthorized access to our database of confidential information. However, if unauthorized parties, including external hackers or computer programmers, gain access to our database, they may be able to steal this confidential information. Our failure to secure this information could result in costly litigation, adverse publicity or regulatory action, or result in customers discontinuing the use of debit or credit cards in our stores, or customers not shopping in our stores or on our e-commerce websites altogether. These consequences could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, sophisticated hardware and operating system software and applications that we procure from third parties may contain defects in design or manufacture that could unexpectedly interfere with our operations. The cost to alleviate security risks and defects in software and hardware and to address any problems that occur could negatively impact our sales, distribution and other critical functions, as well as our financial results.

We operate our Enterprise Resource Planning system on a software-as-a-service platform, and we use this system for integrated point-of-sale, merchandising, planning, sales audit, customer relationship management, inventory control, loss prevention, purchase order management and business intelligence. Accordingly, we depend on this system, and the third-party provider of this service, for many aspects of our operations. If this service provider or this system fails, or if we are unable to continue to have access to this system on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, our operations would be severely disrupted until an equivalent system could be identified, licensed or developed, and integrated into our operations. This disruption would have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our failure to maintain adequate internal controls over our financial and management systems may cause errors in our financial reporting. These errors may cause a loss of investor confidence and result in a decline in the price of our common stock.

Our public company reporting obligations and our anticipated growth may place additional burdens on our financial and management systems, internal controls and employees. As a public company, we are required to maintain internal control over financial reporting. Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we are required to file a report by management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

Implementing and maintaining internal controls is time consuming and costly. If we identify any material weaknesses or deficiencies that aggregate to a material weakness in our internal controls, we will have to implement appropriate changes to these controls, which may require specific compliance training for our directors, officers and employees, require the hiring of additional finance, accounting, legal and other personnel, entail substantial costs to modify our existing accounting systems and take a significant period of time to complete. Such changes may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of our internal controls, and any failure to maintain that adequacy, or consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis, could increase our operating costs and could materially impair our ability to operate our business. If we are unable to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, including because of an inability to remediate any such material weakness, if our management is unable to report that our internal control over financial reporting is effective when required, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected. As a result, our failure to maintain effective internal controls could result in us being subject to

25

regulatory action and a loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, both of which in turn could cause the market value of our common stock to decline and affect our ability to raise capital.

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our financial results may be negatively impacted.

Our success depends in large part on our brand image. Our name, logo, domain name and our private brands and other intellectual property are valuable assets that differentiate us from our competitors. We currently rely on a combination of copyright, trademark, trade dress and unfair competition laws to establish and protect our intellectual property rights, but the steps taken by us to protect our proprietary rights may be inadequate to prevent infringement of our trademarks and proprietary rights by others, including imitation and misappropriation of our brand. Additional obstacles may arise as we expand our product lines and geographic scope. Moreover, litigation may be necessary to protect or enforce these intellectual property rights, which could result in substantial costs and diversion of our resources, causing a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. The unauthorized use or misappropriation of our intellectual property or our failure to protect our intellectual property rights could damage our brand image and the goodwill we have created, which could cause our sales to decline.

We have not registered any of our intellectual property outside of the U.S. with the exception of the Boot Barn tradename which was registered in Hong Kong as part of our Boot Barn International (Hong Kong) Limited subsidiary. We cannot prohibit other companies from using our other trademarks in foreign countries. Use of these other trademarks in foreign countries could negatively impact our identity in the U.S. and cause our sales to decline.

We may be subject to liability if we, or our suppliers, infringe upon the intellectual property rights of third parties.

We may be subject to claims that our activities or the products that we sell infringe upon the intellectual property rights of others. Any such claims can be time consuming and costly to defend, and may divert our management’s attention and resources, even if the claims are meritless. If we were to be found liable for any such infringement, we could be required to enter into costly settlements or license agreements and could be subject to injunctions preventing further infringement. Such infringement claims could harm our brand image. In addition, any payments that we are required to make and any injunction with which we are required to comply as a result of such infringement actions could adversely affect our financial results.

We purchase merchandise from suppliers that may be subject to design copyrights or design patents, or otherwise may incorporate protected intellectual property. We are not involved in the manufacture of any of the merchandise we purchase from our suppliers for sale to our customers, and we do not independently investigate whether these suppliers legally hold intellectual property rights to merchandise that they are manufacturing or distributing. As a result, we rely upon the suppliers’ representations set forth in our purchase orders and supplier agreements concerning their right to sell us the products that we purchase from them. If a third party claims to have licensing rights with respect to merchandise we purchased from a supplier, or if we acquire unlicensed merchandise, we could be obligated to remove such merchandise from our stores, incur costs associated with destruction of such merchandise if the distributor or supplier is unwilling or unable to reimburse us and be subject to liability under various civil and criminal causes of action, including actions to recover unpaid royalties and other damages and injunctions. Any of these results could harm our brand image and have a material adverse effect on our business and growth.

Litigation costs and the outcome of litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our business is characterized by a high volume of customer traffic and by transactions involving a wide variety of product selections, each of which exposes us to a high risk of consumer litigation. From time to time we may be subject to litigation claims through the ordinary course of our business operations regarding, but not limited to, employment matters, compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, footwear, apparel and accessory safety standards, security of customer and employee personal information, contractual relations with suppliers, marketing and infringement of trademarks and other intellectual property rights. Litigation to defend ourselves against claims by third parties, or to enforce any rights that we may have against third parties, may be necessary, which could result in

26

substantial costs and diversion of our resources, causing a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Union attempts to organize our employees could negatively affect our business.

Currently, none of our employees are represented by a union. However, if some or all of our workforce were to unionize and the terms of the collective bargaining agreement were significantly different from our current compensation arrangements, it could increase our costs and adversely impact our profitability. Moreover, participation in labor unions could put us at increased risk of labor strikes and disruption of our operations. Responding to unionization attempts may distract management and our workforce. Any of these changes could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Violations of or changes in laws, including employment laws and laws related to our merchandise, could make conducting our business more expensive or change the way we do business.

We are subject to numerous regulations, including labor and employment, customs, truth-in-advertising, consumer protection, environmental and occupational safety requirements and zoning and occupancy laws and ordinances that regulate retailers generally, that govern the importation, promotion and sale of merchandise and/or that regulate the operation of stores and warehouse facilities. If these regulations were violated by our management, employees or suppliers, the costs of certain goods could increase, or we could experience delays in shipments of our goods, be subject to fines or penalties or suffer reputational harm, which could reduce demand for our merchandise and hurt our business and results of operations.

Similarly, changes in laws could make operating our business more expensive or require us to change the way we do business. In addition, changes in product safety or other consumer protection laws could lead to increased costs for certain merchandise, or additional labor costs associated with readying merchandise for sale. It may be difficult for us to foresee regulatory changes impacting our business and our actions needed to respond to changes in the law could be costly and may negatively impact our operations.

We may engage in strategic transactions that could negatively impact our liquidity, increase our expenses and present significant distractions to our management.

We have made strategic acquisitions in the past and may in the future consider strategic transactions and business arrangements, including, but not limited to, acquisitions, asset purchases, partnerships, joint ventures, restructurings, divestitures and investments. The success of such a transaction is based on our ability to make accurate assumptions regarding the valuation, operations, growth potential, integration and other factors relating to the respective business. Acquisitions may result in difficulties in assimilating acquired companies and may result in the diversion of our capital and our management’s attention from other business issues and opportunities. We may be unable to successfully integrate operations that we acquire, including their personnel, financial systems, distribution, operations and general operating procedures. Any such transaction may require us to incur non-recurring or other charges, may increase our near and long-term expenditures and may pose significant integration challenges or disrupt our management or business, which could harm our operations and financial results.

Terrorism or civil unrest could negatively affect our business.

Terrorist attacks, threats of terrorist attacks or civil unrest involving public areas could cause people to avoid visiting some areas where our stores are located. Further, armed conflicts or acts of war throughout the world may create uncertainty, causing consumers to spend less on discretionary purchases, including on footwear, apparel and accessories, or disrupt our ability to obtain merchandise for our stores. Such decreases in consumer spending or disruptions in our ability to obtain merchandise would likely decrease our sales and materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

27

If our goodwill, intangible assets or long-lived assets become impaired, we may be required to record a significant charge to earnings.

We have a significant amount of goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets. Our goodwill balance as of March 31, 2018 was $193.1 million as a result of recent acquisitions. Our intangible asset balance as of March 31, 2018 was $63.4 million. We test goodwill and intangible assets for impairment at least annually or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist. Long-lived assets are tested for impairment only if indicators of impairment exist. Goodwill, intangible assets and long-lived assets are considered to be impaired when the net book value of the asset exceeds its estimated fair value. An impairment of a significant portion of our goodwill, intangible assets or long-lived assets could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related To Ownership of Our Common Stock

The market price and trading volume of our common stock has been and may continue to be volatile, which could result in rapid and substantial losses for our stockholders, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

The market for specialty retail stocks can be highly volatile. Since our IPO in October 2014 through March 31, 2018, our common stock has traded as high as $34.43 and as low as $5.20. An active, liquid and orderly market for our common stock may not be sustained, which could depress the trading price of our common stock or cause it to be highly volatile or subject to wide fluctuations. The market price of our common stock has and may continue to fluctuate or may decline significantly in the future and you could lose all or part of your investment. Some of the factors that could negatively affect our share price or result in fluctuations in the price or trading volume of our common stock include:

· variations in our quarterly or annual financial results and operating performance and the performance of our competitors;

· publication of research reports or recommendations by securities or industry analysts about us, our competitors or our industry, or a lack of such securities analyst coverage;

· our failure or our competitors’ failure to meet analysts’ projections or guidance;

· downgrades by any securities analysts who follow our common stock;

· our levels of same store sales;

· sales or anticipated sales of large blocks of our common stock;

· changes to our management team;

· regulatory developments negatively affecting our industry;

· changes in stock market valuations of our competitors;

· the development and sustainability of an active trading market for our common stock;

· the public’s response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third parties, including our filings with the SEC;

· the performance and successful integration of any new stores that we open or acquire;

· actions by competitors;

· announcements by us or our competitors of new product offerings or significant acquisitions;

28

· short selling of our common stock by investors;

· limited “public float” in the hands of a small number of persons whose sales or lack of sales of our common stock could result in positive or negative pricing pressure on the market price for our common stock;

· fluctuations in the stock markets generally and in the market for shares in the retail sector particularly; and

· changes in general market and economic conditions.

Further, securities class action litigation has often been initiated against companies following periods of volatility in their stock price. This type of litigation, should it materialize, could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources, and could also require us to make substantial payments to satisfy judgments or to settle litigation. The threat or filing of class action litigation could cause the price of our common stock to decline.

Freeman Spogli & Co. holds a significant amount of our common stock, which may prevent other stockholders from influencing corporate decisions and may result in conflicts of interest that cause the price of our common stock to decline.

Freeman Spogli & Co. controls approximately 25.7% of the total voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, Freeman Spogli & Co. is in a position to significantly influence the outcome of any corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and mergers, acquisitions and other significant corporate transactions. Freeman Spogli & Co., acting alone or in conjunction with other stockholders, may be able to delay or prevent a change of control from occurring, even if the change of control would benefit our stockholders. It is also possible that the interests of Freeman Spogli & Co. may in some circumstances conflict with our interests and the interests of our stockholders. This ownership concentration may adversely impact the trading of our common stock because of a perceived conflict of interest that may exist, thereby depressing the value of our common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions renouncing our interest and expectancy in certain corporate opportunities identified by or presented to Freeman Spogli & Co.

Freeman Spogli & Co. and its affiliates are in the business of providing capital to growing companies, and they may acquire interests in businesses that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that Freeman Spogli & Co. and its affiliates will not have any duty to refrain from (1) engaging, directly or indirectly, in our line of business or (2) doing business with any of our customers or suppliers. In the event that Freeman Spogli & Co. or its affiliates (other than in the capacity as one of our officers or directors) acquires knowledge of a potential business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for us, then Freeman Spogli & Co. does not have any duty to communicate or offer such business opportunity to us and may take any such opportunity for itself or offer it to another person. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that Freeman Spogli & Co. and its officers, directors and employees will not be liable to us or to any of our stockholders for breach of any fiduciary or other duty by engaging in any such activity and we will waive and renounce any claim based on such activity. This provision applies even if the business opportunity is one that we might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. These potential conflicts of interest could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects if attractive business opportunities are allocated by Freeman Spogli & Co. to itself or its other affiliates instead of to us.

Future sales of our common stock by existing stockholders could cause the price of our common stock to decline.

The market price for our common stock may decline as a result of a potential sale of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales might occur. As of March 31, 2018, we had 27,299,688 shares of common stock outstanding. These shares are freely tradable, subject to the limitations of Rule 144, in the public markets, which could depress the value of our common stock. In addition, Freeman Spogli & Co. has the contractual right to require us to register its shares of common stock for resale. 

29

Anti‑takeover provisions in our corporate organizational documents and current credit facility and under Delaware law may delay, deter or prevent a takeover of us and the replacement or removal of our management, even if such a change of control would benefit our stockholders.

The anti‑takeover provisions under Delaware law, as well as the provisions contained in our corporate organizational documents, may make an acquisition of us more difficult. For example:

· our amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes a provision authorizing our board of directors to issue blank check preferred stock without stockholder approval, which, if issued, would increase the number of outstanding shares of our capital stock and make it more difficult for a stockholder to acquire us;

· our amended and restated bylaws provide that director vacancies and newly created directorships can only be filled by an affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office;

· our amended and restated bylaws require advance notice of stockholder proposals and director nominations;

· our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors may adopt, amend, add to, modify or repeal our amended and restated bylaws without stockholder approval;

· our amended and restated bylaws do not permit our stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting unless that action is taken with regard to a matter that has been approved by our board of directors or requires the approval only of certain classes or series of our stock;

· our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains a requirement that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, certain proceedings against or involving us or our directors, officers or employees must be brought exclusively in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware unless we consent in writing to an alternative forum;

· our amended and restated bylaws do not permit our stockholders to call special meetings; and

· the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, may prevent any stockholder or group of stockholders owning at least 15% of our common stock from completing a merger or acquisition of us.

Our debt instruments also contain provisions that could have the effect of making it more difficult or less attractive for a third party to acquire control of us. Our current credit facility provides that a change of control constitutes an event of default under such credit facility and would permit the lenders to declare the indebtedness incurred thereunder to be immediately due and payable. Our future credit facilities may contain similar provisions. The need to repay all such indebtedness may deter potential third parties from acquiring us.

Under these various provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and current credit facility, a takeover attempt or third‑party acquisition of us, including a takeover attempt that may result in a premium over the market price for shares of our common stock, could be delayed, deterred or prevented. In addition, these provisions may prevent the market price of our common stock from increasing in response to actual or rumored takeover attempts and may also prevent changes in our management. As a result, these anti‑takeover and change of control provisions may limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.

30

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research and reports or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research and reports about our business, the price and trading volume of our common stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock is influenced by the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If securities or industry analyst coverage of one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our common stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of our common stock would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which could cause the price of our common stock and trading volume to decline.

We do not currently intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock, which may make our common stock less desirable to investors and decrease its value.

We intend to retain all of our available funds for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay cash dividends on our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity, legal requirements and restrictions that may be imposed by the terms of our current credit facility and in any future financing instruments. Therefore, you may only receive a return on your investment in our common stock if the market price increases above the price at which you purchased it, which may never occur.

We take advantage and will continue to take advantage of the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to “emerging growth companies”, which may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 provides that, so long as a company qualifies as an “emerging growth company”, it will, among other things:

· be exempt from the provisions of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act requiring that its independent registered public accounting firm provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of its internal controls over financial reporting;

· be exempt from the “say on pay” and “say on golden parachute” advisory vote requirements of the Dodd‑Frank Act;

· be exempt from certain disclosure requirements of the Dodd‑Frank Act relating to compensation of its executive officers and be permitted to omit the detailed compensation discussion and analysis from proxy statements and reports filed under the Exchange Act; and

· be permitted to provide a reduced level of disclosure concerning executive compensation and be exempt from any rules that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board requiring mandatory audit firm rotations or a supplement to the auditor’s report on the financial statements.

If we remain an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of these exemptions. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we elect to rely on these exemptions, or if taking advantage of these exemptions would result in less active trading or more volatility in the price of our common stock. Also, as a result of our taking advantage of some or all of the reduced regulatory and reporting requirements that are available to us as long as we qualify as an emerging growth company, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that fully comply with regulatory and reporting requirements upon the public company effective dates.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

31

Item 2. Properties

Our Store Support Center, e-commerce operations and distribution centers are located in California, Kansas, and Texas. As of March 31, 2018, our Store Support Center is in Irvine, California, where we occupy an 84,580 square foot building. The lease will expire August 31, 2022, and contains an option to renew for five years beyond the lease expiry date. Our distribution center in Fontana, California, is located in a 199,245 square-foot building where we currently hold inventory to support our private brand initiatives, bulk purchasing programs, event sales, and new store openings. Our Fontana, California lease expires February 28, 2021, and contains two options to renew, each for a period of five years. We also occupy a 3,021 square foot office space in one of our stores in Frisco, Texas. In Wichita, Kansas, we lease a 90,000 square foot distribution center to support the vast majority of our e-commerce business and 30,000 square feet of office space. Our Wichita, Kansas lease expires July 31, 2027 and contains four options to renew, each for a period of five years. 

Most of our stores are occupied under operating leases. The store leases generally have a base lease term of five or 10 years, with one or more renewal periods of five years, on average, exercisable at our option. Thirty of our 226 store leases will reach their termination date during fiscal 2019, and none of these leases contain an option to automatically extend the lease term. We are generally responsible for the payment of property taxes and insurance, utilities and common area maintenance fees.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

On April 28, 2016, two employees, on behalf of themselves and all other similarly situated employees, filed a wage-and-hour class action, which includes claims for penalties under California’s Private Attorney General Act, in the Fresno County Superior Court, Case No. 16 CE CG 01330, alleging violations of California’s wage and hour, overtime, meal break and statement of wages rules and regulations, among other things. On April 10, 2017, the Company reached a settlement with the employees for an amount that is not material to the consolidated financial statements. The amount of the settlement has been accrued as of March 31, 2018.

Additionally, we are involved, from time to time, in litigation that is incidental to our business. We have reviewed these matters to determine if reserves are required for losses that are probable and reasonable to estimate in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 450, Contingencies. We evaluate such reserves, if any, based upon several criteria, including the merits of each claim, settlement discussions and advice from outside legal counsel, as well as indemnification of amounts expended by our insurers or others, if any.

During the normal course of our business, we have made certain indemnifications and commitments under which we may be required to make payments for certain transactions. These indemnifications include those given to various lessors in connection with facility leases for certain claims arising from such facility leases, and indemnifications to our directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted under the laws of the State of Delaware. The majority of these indemnifications and commitments do not provide for any limitation of the maximum potential future payments we could be obligated to make, and their duration may be indefinite. We have not recorded any liability for these indemnifications and commitments in the consolidated balance sheets as the impact is expected to be immaterial.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

32

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Our common stock has been listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BOOT” since October 30, 2014, the day after our initial public offering. The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices of our common stock, as reported by the NYSE, for each quarterly period of our two most recent fiscal years:

	Fiscal 2018				Fiscal 2017
	High		Low		High		Low
1st Quarter	$	11.17	$	5.90	$	10.10	$	5.59
2nd Quarter		9.74		6.10		13.11		7.84
3rd Quarter		17.68		7.37		17.26		10.59
4th Quarter		20.31		16.32		13.91		8.81

As of May 15, 2018, we had approximately 21 stockholders of record. The number of stockholders of record is based upon the actual number of stockholders registered at such date and does not include holders of shares in “street names” or persons, partnerships, associations, corporations or other entities identified in security position listings maintained by depositories.

Dividends

Our common stock began trading on October 30, 2014, following our initial public offering. Since that time, we have not declared any cash dividends, and we do not anticipate declaring any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The agreements governing our indebtedness contain restrictions on dividends.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 (the “2018 Proxy Statement”).

Stock Performance Graph

The graph set forth below compares the cumulative stockholder return on our common stock between October 30, 2014 (the day after our initial public offering) and March 31, 2018 to the cumulative return of (i) the NYSE Composite Total Return index and (ii) an index of peer and comparable companies as determined by the Company (“Peer Group”). The companies currently comprising the Peer Group are: The Buckle, Inc.; Caleres, Inc.; DSW, Inc.; Finish Line, Inc.; Foot Locker, Inc.; Genesco, Inc.; Tractor Supply Co.; Wolverine World Wide, Inc.; and Zumiez, Inc. Cabela’s Inc., which had previously been part of the Peer Group, was acquired in 2017 and is no longer a public company. As a result, Cabela’s Inc. has been removed from the Peer Group Index and Stock Performance Graph for the fiscal 2018 period presented. This graph assumes an initial investment of $100 on October 30, 2014 in our common stock, the NYSE Composite Total Return index and the Peer Group, and assumes the reinvestment of dividends, if any. The graph also assumes that the initial price of our common stock, the NYSE composite Total Return index and the Peer Group on October 30, 2014 were the closing prices on that trading day.

33

Comparison of Cumulative Total Return

Assumes Initial Investment of $100

March 2018

	Cumulative Total Return
	October 30,	March 28,	March 26,	April 1,	March 31,
	2014	2015	2016	2017	2018
Boot Barn Holdings, Inc.	100	133.01	53.52	56.68	101.60
NYSE Composite—Total Return	100	102.80	97.53	114.09	126.75
Peer Group	100	115.14	109.27	109.84	100.19

Item 6. Selected Consolidated Financial Data

The following tables present our selected consolidated financial and other data as of and for the periods indicated. We have derived the selected consolidated statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2018, April 1, 2017, and March 26, 2016, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2018, and April 1, 2017 from the audited consolidated financial statements included in Item 8 of this report. The selected consolidated balance sheet data as of March 26, 2016, March 28, 2015, and March 29, 2014, and the selected consolidated statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended March 28, 2015, and March 29, 2014, are derived from audited consolidated financial statements that are not included elsewhere in this report. The historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period.

The consolidated statement of operations data and consolidated balance sheet data include the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of Baskins and Sheplers since their respective dates of acquisition in May 2013 and June 2015, respectively.

34

You should read the following selected consolidated financial and other data in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes and the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this report.

	Fiscal Year Ended(1)
(in thousands, except per share and	March 31,			April 1,			March 26,			March 28,			March 29,
selected store data)	2018			2017			2016			2015			2014
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
Net sales	$	677,949		$	629,816		$	569,020		$	402,684		$	345,868
Cost of goods sold		470,034			439,930			396,317			267,907			231,796
Amortization of inventory fair value adjustment		—			—			(500)			—			867
Total cost of goods sold		470,034			439,930			395,817			267,907			232,663
Gross profit		207,915			189,886			173,203			134,777			113,205
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative expenses		161,660			152,068			142,078			99,341			91,998
Acquisition-related expenses(2)		—			—			891			—			671
Total operating expenses		161,660			152,068			142,969			99,341			92,669
Income from operations		46,255			37,818			30,234			35,436			20,536
Interest expense, net		15,076			14,699			12,923			13,291			11,594
Other income, net		—			—			—			51			39
Income before income taxes		31,179			23,119			17,311			22,196			8,981
Income tax expense		2,300			8,922			7,443			8,466			3,321
Net income		28,879			14,197			9,868			13,730			5,660
Net income attributed to non-controlling interest		—			—			—			4			283
Net income attributed to Boot Barn Holdings, Inc.	$	28,879		$	14,197		$	9,868		$	13,726		$	5,377
Net income per share:(3)
Basic shares	$	1.08		$	0.54		$	0.38		$	0.56		$	0.28
Diluted shares	$	1.05		$	0.53		$	0.37		$	0.54		$	0.28
Weighted average shares outstanding:(3)
Basic shares		26,744			26,459			26,170			22,126			18,929
Diluted shares		27,528			26,939			26,955			22,888			19,175
Other Financial Data (unaudited):
EBITDA(4)	$	63,383		$	54,528		$	44,250		$	44,694		$	28,704
Adjusted EBITDA(4)	$	66,030		$	59,167		$	59,554		$	48,232		$	40,271
Adjusted EBIT(4)	$	48,902		$	42,457		$	45,538		$	39,025		$	32,142
Capital expenditures	$	24,418		$	22,293		$	36,127		$	14,074		$	11,400
Selected Store Data (unaudited):
Same Store Sales growth/(decline)		5.2	%		0.3	%		(0.1)	%		7.3	%		6.7	%
Stores operating at end of period		226			219			208			169			152
Total retail store square footage, end of period (in thousands)		2,578			2,494			2,389			1,816			1,642
Average store square footage, end of period		11,407			11,389			11,488			10,748			10,801
Average net sales per store (in thousands)(5)	$	2,438		$	2,330		$	2,312		$	2,259		$	2,162

35

	March 31,		April 1,		March 26,		March 28,		March 29,
(in thousands)	2018		2017		2016		2015		2014
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	9,016	$	8,035	$	7,195	$	1,448	$	1,118
Working capital(6)		102,119		102,803		93,575		75,134		56,325
Total assets		587,941		565,581		539,326		326,128		289,482
Total debt, net		204,206		225,853		242,429		89,826		125,743
Stockholders’ equity		214,606		179,909		161,490		142,422		84,575

(1) We operate on a fiscal calendar that results in a 52- or 53-week fiscal year ending on the last Saturday of March unless April 1st is a Saturday, in which case the fiscal year ends on April 1st. In a 52-week fiscal year, each quarter includes thirteen weeks of operations; in a 53-week fiscal year, the first, second and third quarters each include thirteen weeks of operations and the fourth quarter includes fourteen weeks of operations. The data presented contains references to fiscal 2018, fiscal 2017, fiscal 2016, fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014, which represent our fiscal years ended March 31, 2018, April 1, 2017, March 26, 2016, March 28, 2015, and March 29, 2014, respectively. Fiscal 2018, 2016, 2015, and 2014 were each 52-week periods, and fiscal 2017 was a 53-week period. The data includes the activities of Baskins from May 2013 and Sheplers from June 2015, their respective dates of acquisition.

(2) Represents costs incurred in connection with the acquisitions of Baskins and Sheplers.

(3) The indicated data gives effect to the 25-for-1 stock split of our common stock effected October 27, 2014.

(4) EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT are financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with GAAP. We define EBITDA as net income adjusted to exclude income tax expense, net interest expense and depreciation and intangible asset amortization. We define Adjusted EBITDA as EBITDA adjusted to exclude certain non-cash expenses, such as stock‑based compensation and the non‑cash accrual for future award redemptions, and other costs and expenses that are not directly related to our operations, including acquisition-related expenses, acquisition‑related integration costs, amortization of inventory fair value adjustment, loss on disposal of assets and contract termination costs from store closures, store impairment charges, secondary offering costs and other due diligence expenses. Similar to Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBIT excludes the aforementioned adjustments while maintaining the impact of depreciation and amortization on our financial results. We include EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT in this report because they are important financial measures used by our management, board of directors and lenders to assess our operating performance. See “Item 7—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—How We Assess the Performance of Our Business—EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT” for more information about management’s use of these measures and why we consider them to be important. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT should not be considered in isolation or as alternatives to net income or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Given that EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT are measures not deemed to be in accordance with GAAP and are susceptible to varying calculations, our EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, including companies in our industry, because other companies may calculate EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT in a different manner than we calculate these measures. The following table presents a reconciliation of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT to our net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, for each of the periods indicated:

36

	Fiscal Year Ended(1)
	March 31,		April 1,		March 26,		March 28,		March 29,
(in thousands)	2018		2017		2016		2015		2014
EBITDA Reconciliation (Unaudited):
Net income	$	28,879	$	14,197	$	9,868	$	13,730	$	5,660
Income tax expense		2,300		8,922		7,443		8,466		3,321
Interest expense, net		15,076		14,699		12,923		13,291		11,594
Depreciation and intangible asset amortization		17,128		16,710		14,016		9,207		8,129
EBITDA		63,383		54,528		44,250		44,694		28,704
Non-cash stock-based compensation(a)		2,248		3,023		2,881		2,048		1,291
Non-cash accrual for future award redemptions(b)		(230)		85		4		(49)		591
Acquisition-related expenses(c)		—		—		891		—		671
Acquisition-related integration costs(d)		—		—		10,338		—		6,167
Amortization of inventory fair value adjustment(e)		—		—		(500)		—		867
Loss on disposal of assets and contract termination costs(f)		252		367		1,373		134		1,980
Store impairment charge(g)		83		1,164		—		—		—
Secondary offering costs(h)		294		—		317		541		—
Other due diligence expenses(i)		—		—		—		864		—
Adjusted EBITDA	$	66,030	$	59,167	$	59,554	$	48,232	$	40,271
Depreciation and intangible asset amortization		(17,128)		(16,710)		(14,016)		(9,207)		(8,129)
Adjusted EBIT	$	48,902	$	42,457	$	45,538	$	39,025	$	32,142

(a) Represents non‑cash compensation expenses related to stock options, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units granted to certain of our employees and directors.

(b) Represents the non‑cash accrual for future award redemptions in connection with our customer loyalty program.

(c) Includes direct costs and fees related to the acquisitions of Baskins and Sheplers, which we acquired in May 2013 and June 2015, respectively.

(d) Represents certain store integration, remerchandising, inventory obsolescence and corporate consolidation costs incurred in connection with the integration of Baskins and Sheplers, which we acquired in May 2013 and June 2015, respectively. Fiscal 2016 includes an adjustment to normalize the gross margin impact of sales of discontinued inventory from Sheplers, which was sold at a discount or written off. The adjustment assumes such inventory was sold at Sheplers’ normalized margin rate.

(e) Represents the amortization of purchase‑accounting adjustments that adjusted the value of inventory acquired to its fair value.

(f) Represents loss on disposal of assets and contract termination costs from store closures and unused office and warehouse space.

(g) Represents store impairment charges recorded in order to reduce the carrying amount of the assets to their estimated fair values.

(h) Represents professional fees and expenses incurred in connection with secondary offerings conducted in January 2018 and February 2015 and a Form S-1 Registration Statement filed in July 2015 and withdrawn in November 2015.

37

(i) Represents professional fees and expenses incurred in connection with a prior due diligence process of Sheplers.

(5) Average net sales per store are calculated by dividing net sales for the applicable period by the number of stores operating at the end of the period. For the purpose of calculating net sales per store, e‑commerce sales and certain other revenues are excluded from net sales.

(6) Working capital is calculated as current assets, excluding cash and cash equivalents, minus current liabilities, excluding the current portion of debt under our credit facilities.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

You should read the following discussion in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this annual report, as well as the information presented under “Selected Consolidated Financial Data”. The statements in the following discussion and analysis regarding expectations about our future performance, liquidity and capital resources and any other non‑historical statements in this discussion and analysis are forward‑looking statements. These forward‑looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those described under “Risk Factors” and “Forward‑Looking Statements” elsewhere in this annual report. Our actual results could differ materially from those contained in or implied by any forward‑looking statements.

Overview

We are the largest lifestyle retail chain devoted to western and work‑related footwear, apparel and accessories in the U.S. As of March 31, 2018, we operated 226 stores in 31 states, as well as three e-commerce websites, consisting of www.bootbarn.com,  www.sheplers.com and www.countryoutfitter.com. Our stores feature a comprehensive assortment of brands and styles, coupled with attentive, knowledgeable store associates. Our product offering is anchored by an extensive selection of western and work boots and is complemented by a wide assortment of coordinating apparel and accessories. Many of the items that we offer are basics or necessities for our customers’ daily lives and typically represent enduring styles that are not meaningfully impacted by changing fashion trends.

We strive to offer an authentic, one‑stop shopping experience that fulfills the everyday lifestyle needs of our customers, and as a result, many of our customers make purchases in both the western and work wear sections of our stores. We target a broad and growing demographic, ranging from passionate western and country enthusiasts, to workers seeking dependable, high‑quality footwear and clothing. Our broad geographic footprint, which comprises approximately three times as many stores as our nearest direct competitor that sells primarily western and work wear, provides us with significant economies of scale, enhanced supplier relationships, the ability to recruit and retain high quality store associates and the ability to reinvest in our business at levels that we believe exceed those of our competition.

For a discussion of factors that affect the comparability of our results of operations, see “Item 1—Business—Recent Acquisitions and Corporate Transactions.”

Growth Strategies and Outlook

We plan to continue to expand our business, increase our sales growth and profitability and enhance our competitive position by executing the following strategies:

· continuing omni-channel leadership;

· driving same store sales growth;

· building our private brand portfolio;

38

· expanding our store base;

· enhancing brand awareness; and

· increasing profitability.

Since the founding of Boot Barn in 1978, we have grown both organically and through successful strategic acquisitions of competing chains. We have rebranded and remerchandised the acquired chains under the Boot Barn banner, resulting in sales increases over their original concepts. We believe that our business model and scale provide us with competitive advantages that have contributed to our consistent financial performance, generating sufficient cash flow to support national growth.

How We Assess the Performance of Our Business

In assessing the performance of our business, we consider a variety of performance and financial measures. The key indicators we use to evaluate the financial condition and operating performance of our business are net sales and gross profit. In addition, we also review other important metrics, such as same store sales, new store openings, selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses, EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT. See “Item 6, Selected Consolidated Financial Data” for our definition of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT, and for a reconciliation of our EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. See “EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT” below for further discussion of why we present EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT.

Net sales

Net sales reflect revenue from the sale of our merchandise at retail locations, as well as sales of merchandise through our e‑commerce websites. We recognize revenue upon the purchase of merchandise by customers at our stores and upon delivery of the product in the case of our e‑commerce websites. Net sales also include shipping and handling fees for e‑commerce shipments that have been delivered to our customers. Net sales are net of returns on sales during the period as well as an estimate of returns and award redemptions expected in the future stemming from current period sales. Revenue from the sale of gift cards is deferred until the gift cards are used to purchase merchandise.

Our business is moderately seasonal and as a result our revenues fluctuate from quarter to quarter. In addition, our revenues in any given quarter can be affected by a number of factors including the timing of holidays and weather patterns. The third quarter of our fiscal year, which includes the Christmas shopping season, has historically produced higher sales and disproportionately higher operating results than the other quarters of our fiscal year. In addition, neither the western nor the work component of our business has been meaningfully impacted by fashion trends or seasonality historically. We believe that many of our customers are driven primarily by utility and brand, and our best‑selling styles.

Same store sales

The term “same store sales” generally refers to net sales from stores that have been open at least 13 full fiscal months as of the end of the current reporting period, although we include or exclude stores from our calculation of same store sales in accordance with the following additional criteria:

· stores that are closed for five or fewer days in any fiscal month are included in same store sales;

· stores that are closed temporarily, but for more than five days in any fiscal month, are excluded from same store sales beginning in the fiscal month in which the temporary closure begins until the first full month of operation once the store re‑opens;

· stores that are closed temporarily and relocated within their respective trade areas are included in same store sales;

39

· stores that are permanently closed are excluded from same store sales beginning in the month preceding closure; and

· acquired stores are added to same store sales beginning on the later of (a) the first day of the first fiscal month following its applicable acquisition date and (b) the first day of the first fiscal month after the store has been open for at least 13 full fiscal months regardless of whether the store has been operated under our management or predecessor management.

If the criteria described above are met, then all net sales of an acquired store, excluding those net sales before our acquisition of that store, are included for the period presented. However, when an acquired store is included for the period presented, the net sales of such acquired store for periods before its acquisition are included (to the extent relevant) for purposes of calculating “same stores sales growth” and illustrating the comparison between the applicable periods. Pre‑acquisition net sales numbers are derived from the books and records of the acquired company, as prepared prior to the acquisition, and have not been independently verified by us.

In addition to retail store sales, same store sales also includes e‑commerce sales, e‑commerce shipping and handling revenue and actual retail store or e‑commerce sales returns. We exclude gift card escheatment, provision for sales returns and future loyalty award redemptions from sales in our calculation of net sales per store. Beginning on September 11, 2017, the date of acquisition, sales from the four acquired Wood’s Boots stores have been included in same store sales. Sales as a result of an e-commerce asset acquisition, such as Country Outfitter, are excluded from same-store sales until the 13th full fiscal month subsequent to the Company’s acquisition of such assets.

Measuring the change in year‑over‑year same store sales allows us to evaluate how our store base is performing. Numerous factors affect our same store sales, including:

· national and regional economic trends;

· our ability to identify and respond effectively to regional consumer preferences;

· changes in our product mix;

· changes in pricing;

· competition;

· changes in the timing of promotional and advertising efforts;

· holidays or seasonal periods; and

· weather.

Opening new stores is an important part of our growth strategy. We opened 5, 12, and 22 new stores in fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, and acquired 4, 0, and 25 stores in fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. We also closed two Boot Barn stores, one Boot Barn store, and two Boot Barn stores and six Sheplers stores in fiscal 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. We anticipate that a percentage of our net sales in the near future will come from stores not included in our same store sales calculation. Accordingly, same store sales are only one measure we use to assess the success of our business and growth strategy. Some of our competitors and other retailers may calculate “same” or “comparable” store sales differently than we do. As a result, data in this annual report regarding our same store sales may not be comparable to similar data made available by other retailers.

40

New store openings

New store openings reflect the number of stores, excluding acquired stores, that are opened during a particular reporting period. In connection with opening new stores, we incur pre‑opening costs. Pre‑opening costs consist of costs incurred prior to opening a new store and primarily consist of manager and other employee payroll, travel and training costs, marketing expenses, initial opening supplies and costs of transporting initial inventory and certain fixtures to store locations, as well as occupancy costs incurred from the time that we take possession of a store site to the opening of that store. Occupancy costs are included in cost of goods sold and the other pre‑opening costs are included in SG&A expenses. All of these costs are expensed as incurred.

New stores often open with a period of high sales levels, which subsequently decrease to normalized sales volumes. In addition, we experience typical inefficiencies in the form of higher labor, advertising and other direct operating expenses, and as a result, store‑level profit margins at our new stores are generally lower during the start‑up period of operation. The number and timing of store openings has had, and is expected to continue to have, a significant impact on our results of operations. In assessing the performance of a new store, we review its actual sales against the sales that we projected that store to achieve at the time we initially approved its opening. We also review the actual number of stores opened in a fiscal year against the number of store openings that we included in our budget at the beginning of that fiscal year.

Gross profit

Gross profit is equal to our net sales less our cost of goods sold. Cost of goods sold includes the cost of merchandise, obsolescence and shrinkage provisions, store and warehouse occupancy costs (including rent, depreciation and utilities), inbound and outbound freight, supplier allowances, occupancy‑related taxes, compensation costs for merchandise purchasing and warehouse personnel, and other inventory acquisition‑related costs. These costs are significant and can be expected to continue to increase as we grow. The components of our reported cost of goods sold may not be comparable to those of other retail companies, including our competitors.

Our gross profit generally follows changes in net sales. We regularly analyze the components of gross profit, as well as gross profit as a percentage of net sales. Specifically, we examine the initial markup on purchases, markdowns and reserves, shrinkage, buying costs, distribution costs and occupancy costs. Any inability to obtain acceptable levels of initial markups, or a significant increase in our use of markdowns or in inventory shrinkage, or a significant increase in freight and other inventory acquisition costs could have an adverse impact on our gross profit and results of operations.

Gross profit is also impacted by shifts in the proportion of sales of our private brand products compared to third‑party brand products, as well as by sales mix shifts within and between brands and between major product categories such as footwear, apparel or accessories.

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Our selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses are composed of labor and related expenses, other operating expenses, and general and administrative expenses not included in cost of goods sold. Specifically, our SG&A expenses include the following:

· Labor and related expenses—Labor and related expenses include all store‑level salaries and hourly labor costs, including salaries, wages, benefits and performance incentives, labor taxes and other indirect labor costs.

· Other operating expenses—Other operating expenses include all operating costs, including those for advertising, pay-per-click, marketing campaigns, operating supplies, utilities, and repairs and maintenance, as well as credit card fees and costs of third‑party services.

· General and administrative expenses—General and administrative expenses comprise expenses associated with corporate and administrative functions that support the development and operations of our stores,

41

including compensation and benefits, travel expenses, corporate occupancy costs, stock compensation costs, legal and professional fees, insurance and other related corporate costs.

The components of our SG&A expenses may not be comparable to those of our competitors and other retailers. We expect our selling, general and administrative expenses will increase in future periods as a result of incremental share‑based compensation, legal, accounting and other compliance‑related expenses and increases resulting from growth in the number of our stores.

EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT

EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT are important financial measures used by our management, board of directors and lenders to assess our operating performance. We use EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT as key performance measures because we believe that they facilitate operating performance comparisons from period to period by excluding potential differences primarily caused by the impact of variations from period to period in tax positions, interest expense and depreciation and amortization, as well as, in the case of Adjusted EBITDA, excluding certain non‑cash expenses, such as stock‑based compensation and the non‑cash accrual for future award redemptions, and other costs and expenses that are not directly related to our operations, including acquisition-related expenses, acquisition‑related integration costs, amortization of inventory fair value adjustment, loss on disposal of assets and contract termination costs from store closures, store impairment charges, secondary offering costs, and other due diligence expenses. Similar to Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBIT excludes the aforementioned adjustments while maintaining the impact of depreciation and amortization on our financial results. See “Item 6, Selected Consolidated Financial Data” for a reconciliation of our EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT to net income, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Because EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT facilitate internal comparisons of our historical operating performance on a more consistent basis, we also use EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT for business planning purposes, in calculating covenant compliance for our credit facilities, in determining incentive compensation for members of our management and in evaluating acquisition opportunities. In addition, we believe that EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT and similar measures are widely used by investors, securities analysts, ratings agencies and other parties in evaluating companies in our industry as a measure of financial performance and debt‑service capabilities. Given that EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT are measures not deemed to be in accordance with GAAP and are susceptible to varying calculations, our EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies, including companies in our industry, because other companies may calculate EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT in a different manner than we calculate these measures.

Fiscal Year

We operate on a fiscal calendar which results in a 52‑ or 53‑week fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to March 31 unless April 1st is a Saturday, in which case the fiscal year ends on April 1st. In a 52‑week fiscal year, each quarter includes thirteen weeks of operations; in a 53‑week fiscal year, the first, second and third quarters each include thirteen weeks of operations and the fourth quarter includes fourteen weeks of operations. For ease of reference, we identify our fiscal years by reference to the calendar year in which the fiscal year ends.

Results of Operations

The following table summarizes key components of our results of operations for the periods indicated, both in dollars and as a percentage of our net sales. The following discussion contains references to fiscal 2018, fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016, which represent our fiscal years ended March 31, 2018, April 1, 2017 and March 26, 2016. Fiscal 2018 was

42

a 52-week period, fiscal 2017 was a 53-week period and fiscal 2016 was a 52-week period. The data includes the activity of Sheplers from June 2015, the date of acquisition.

	Fiscal Year Ended
	March 31,			April 1,			March 26,
(dollars in thousands)	2018			2017			2016
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
Net sales	$	677,949		$	629,816		$	569,020
Cost of goods sold		470,034			439,930			396,317
Amortization of inventory fair value adjustment		—			—			(500)
Total cost of goods sold		470,034			439,930			395,817
Gross profit		207,915			189,886			173,203
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative expenses		161,660			152,068			142,078
Acquisition-related expenses		—			—			891
Total operating expenses		161,660			152,068			142,969
Income from operations		46,255			37,818			30,234
Interest expense, net		15,076			14,699			12,923
Income before income taxes		31,179			23,119			17,311
Income tax expense		2,300			8,922			7,443
Net income	$	28,879		$	14,197		$	9,868
Percentage of Net Sales(1):
Net sales		100.0	%		100.0	%		100.0	%
Cost of goods sold		69.3	%		69.9	%		69.6	%
Amortization of inventory fair value adjustment		—	%		—	%		(0.1)	%
Total cost of goods sold		69.3	%		69.9	%		69.6	%
Gross profit		30.7	%		30.1	%		30.4	%
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative expenses		23.8	%		24.1	%		25.0	%
Acquisition-related expenses		—	%		—	%		0.2	%
Total operating expenses		23.8	%		24.1	%		25.1	%
Income from operations		6.8	%		6.0	%		5.3	%
Interest expense, net		2.2	%		2.3	%		2.3	%
Income before income taxes		4.6	%		3.7	%		3.0	%
Income tax expense		0.3	%		1.4	%		1.3	%
Net income		4.3	%		2.3	%		1.7	%

(1) Percentages may not total 100% due to rounding.

Fiscal 2018 compared to Fiscal 2017

Net sales. Net sales in fiscal 2018 increased by $48.1 million, or 7.6%, to $677.9 million compared to $629.8 million in fiscal 2017. Net sales increased due to a 5.2% increase in same store sales, the sales contribution from five new stores opened over the past twelve months and the four stores acquired from Wood’s Boots, and sales from the Country Outfitter site that was acquired in February 2017. Sales growth was partially offset by sales from the 53rd week in the prior-year.

Gross profit. Gross profit increased by $18.0 million, or 9.5%, to $207.9 million in fiscal 2018 from $189.9 million in fiscal 2017. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit was 30.7% and 30.1% for fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017, respectively. Gross profit increased primarily due to increased sales. As a percentage of sales, consolidated gross profit increased as a result of a 50 basis point increase in merchandise margin rate.

43

Selling, general and administrative expenses. SG&A expenses increased by $9.6 million, or 6.3%, to $161.7 million in fiscal 2018 from $152.1 million in fiscal 2017. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A expenses were 23.8% for fiscal 2018 compared to 24.1% for fiscal 2017. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased as a result of additional costs associated with the opening of new and acquired stores over the last twelve months, compensation expense and incremental operational costs associated with the growth in the business. Also impacting SG&A expenses was a gain from hurricane-related insurance settlements of $1.6 million in fiscal 2018 and store impairment charges of $1.2 million incurred in fiscal 2017. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales decreased as a result of expense leverage on higher sales.

Income from operations. Income from operations increased $8.4 million, or 22.3%, to $46.3 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 from $37.8 million for the fiscal year ended April 1, 2017. As a percentage of net sales, income from operations was 6.8% and 6.0% for fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017, respectively. The change in income from operations was attributable to the factors noted above.

Interest expense. Interest expense, net, increased by $0.4 million, or 2.6%, to $15.1 million in fiscal 2018 from $14.7 million in fiscal 2017. The increase in interest expense, net was primarily the result of higher interest rates associated with the debt as compared to fiscal 2017, partially offset by a higher debt balance in the prior-year period.

Income tax expense. Income tax expense was $2.3 million in fiscal 2018 compared to $8.9 million in fiscal 2017. Our effective tax rate was 7.4% and 38.6% for fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017, respectively. The effective tax rate for fiscal 2018 is significantly lower than fiscal 2017 due to recently passed tax reform which lowered the federal corporate tax rate and required us to revalue our estimated deferred tax assets and liabilities, resulting in a tax benefit of $7.0 million in fiscal 2018. The tax benefit associated with stock option exercises and restricted stock vestings also contributed to the lower tax rate in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017. 

Net income. Net income increased to $28.9 million in fiscal 2018 from net income of $14.2 million in fiscal 2017. The change in net income was attributable to the factors noted above.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT. Adjusted EBITDA increased $6.9 million, or 11.6%, to $66.0 million for fiscal 2018 from $59.2 million for fiscal 2017. Adjusted EBIT increased $6.4 million, or 15.2%, to $48.9 million for fiscal 2018 from $42.5 million for fiscal 2017. The increase in Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT was primarily a result of the year-over-year increase in income from operations driven by an increase in gross profit.

Fiscal 2017 compared to Fiscal 2016

Net sales. Net sales in fiscal 2017 increased by $60.8 million, or 10.7%, to $629.8 million compared to $569.0 million in fiscal 2016. Net sales increased due to 12 months of sales contributions from Sheplers (compared to nine months in the prior-year period), additional sales from the 53rd week, the opening of 12 new stores in fiscal 2017 and a 0.3% increase in consolidated same store sales. This consolidated same store sales growth was partially offset by the closure of one store over the last twelve months.

Gross profit. Gross profit increased by $16.7 million, or 9.6%, to $189.9 million in fiscal 2017 from $173.2 million in fiscal 2016. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit was 30.1% and 30.4% for fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016, respectively. The gross profit increase was a result of 12 months of sales contributions from Sheplers in fiscal 2017, additional sales from the 53rd week, and the opening of 12 new stores. Additionally contributing to the increase are acquisition-related integration costs of $4.8 million incurred in the prior-year period that were not incurred in fiscal 2017.

Selling, general and administrative expenses. SG&A expenses increased by $10.0 million, or 7.0%, to $152.1 million in fiscal 2017 from $142.1 million in fiscal 2016. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A expenses were 24.1% for fiscal 2017 compared to 25.0% for fiscal 2016. The increase in SG&A expense was primarily related to twelve months of Sheplers operations versus nine months in the prior-year period and increases in operations required to support higher sales volume. The decrease in rate is primarily due to acquisition-related expenses and integration costs, loss on

44

disposal of assets, and SEC filing costs incurred in fiscal 2016 that were not incurred in fiscal 2017, partially offset by store impairment charges of $1.2 million incurred in fiscal 2017.

Income from operations. Income from operations increased $7.6 million, or 25.1%, to $37.8 million for the fiscal year ended April 1, 2017 from $30.2 million for the fiscal year ended March 26, 2016. As a percentage of net sales, income from operations was 6.0% and 5.3% for fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016, respectively. The change in income from operations was attributable to the factors noted above.

Interest expense. Interest expense, net, increased by $1.8 million, or 13.7%, to $14.7 million in fiscal 2017 from $12.9 million in fiscal 2016. The increase in interest expense, net was primarily the result of twelve months of higher outstanding debt and interest rates associated with the refinanced debt associated with the Sheplers Acquisition as compared to nine months in fiscal 2016, partially offset by a $1.4 million write-off of debt issuance costs and debt discount incurred in the prior year period.

Income tax expense. Income tax expense was $8.9 million in fiscal 2017 compared to $7.4 million in fiscal 2016. The increase in our income tax expense is primarily attributable to the $5.8 million increase in income before income taxes for fiscal 2017 as compared to fiscal 2016. Our effective tax rate was 38.6% and 43.0% for fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016, respectively. The lower effective tax rate for fiscal 2017 compared to fiscal 2016 was due to discrete items related to non-deductible Sheplers’ acquisition costs and increases in the blended state tax rate for fiscal 2016 that did not occur in fiscal 2017.

Net income. Net income increased to $14.2 million in fiscal 2017 from net income of $9.9 million in fiscal 2016. The change in net income was attributable to the factors noted above.

Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA decreased $0.4 million, or 0.7%, to $59.2 million for fiscal 2017 from $59.6 million for fiscal 2016. The decrease was primarily a result of the year-over-year decline in gross profit when adjusting the prior-period gross profit for acquisition-related integration costs of $4.8 million.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We rely on cash flows from operating activities and our credit facility as our primary sources of liquidity. Our primary cash needs are for inventories, operating expenses, capital expenditures associated with opening new stores and remodeling or refurbishing existing stores, improvements to our distribution facilities, marketing and information technology expenditures, debt service and taxes. We have also used cash for acquisitions, the subsequent rebranding and integration of the stores acquired in those acquisitions and costs to consolidate the corporate offices. In addition to cash and cash equivalents, the most significant components of our working capital are accounts receivable, inventories, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities. We believe that cash flows from operating activities and the availability of cash under our credit facilities or other financing arrangements will be sufficient to cover working capital requirements, anticipated capital expenditures and other anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months.

Our liquidity is moderately seasonal. Our cash requirements generally increase in our third fiscal quarter as we incur additional marketing expenses and increase our inventory in advance of the Christmas shopping season. Our cash flows from operations increased in fiscal 2018, primarily as a result of a $14.7 million increase in net income in fiscal 2018 compared to fiscal 2017, partially offset by an $11.8 million increase in inventories year-over-year.

Although we did not have any material capital expenditure commitments as of the end of fiscal 2018, we are planning to continue to open new stores, remodel and refurbish our existing stores, and make improvements to our e-commerce and information technology infrastructure, which will result in increased capital expenditures. We estimate that our capital expenditures in fiscal 2019 will be between $21 million to $23 million, net of landlord tenant allowances, and we anticipate that we will use cash flows from operations to fund these expenditures.

45

Current Credit Facility

June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and Golub Term Loan

On June 29, 2015, we, as guarantor, and our wholly-owned primary operating subsidiary, Boot Barn, Inc., refinanced a previous Wells Fargo credit facility with the $125 million syndicated senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility for which Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver”), is agent, and the $200 million syndicated senior secured term loan for which GCI Capital Markets LLC (“2015 Golub Term Loan”) is agent. The borrowing base of the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver is calculated on a monthly basis and is based on the amount of eligible credit card receivables, commercial accounts, inventory, and available reserves. Borrowings under the credit agreements were initially used to pay costs and expenses related to the Sheplers Acquisition and the closing of such credit agreements, and may be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

Borrowings under the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver bear interest at per annum rates equal to, at our option, either (i) the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus an applicable margin for LIBOR loans, or (ii) the base rate plus an applicable margin for base rate loans. The base rate is calculated as the highest of (a) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, (b) the Wells Fargo prime rate and (c) one-month LIBOR plus 1.0%. The applicable margin is calculated based on a pricing grid that in each case is linked to quarterly average excess availability. For LIBOR Loans, the applicable margin ranges from 1.00% to 1.25%, and for base rate loans it ranges from 0.00% to 0.25%. We also pay a commitment fee of 0.25% per annum of the actual daily amount of the unutilized revolving loans. The interest on the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver is payable in quarterly installments ending on June 29, 2020, the maturity date as of April 1, 2017. On May 26, 2017, the Company entered into an amendment to the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver (the “2017 Wells Amendment”), increasing the aggregate revolving credit facility to $135.0 million and extending the maturity date to the earlier of May 26, 2022 or 90 days prior to the maturity of the 2015 Golub Term Loan, which is currently scheduled to mature on June 29, 2021. The amount outstanding under the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver as of March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017 was $21.0 million and $33.3 million, respectively. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 on the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver was $1.9 million and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 was 2.5%. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended April 1, 2017 on the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver was $1.5 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended April 1, 2017 was 1.9%. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended March 26, 2016 on the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver was $0.9 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 26, 2016 was 1.7%.

Borrowings under the 2015 Golub Term Loan bear interest at per annum rates equal to, at our option, either (a) LIBOR plus an applicable margin for LIBOR loans with a LIBOR floor of 1.0%, or (b) the base rate plus an applicable margin for base rate loans. The base rate is calculated as the greater of (i) the higher of (x) the prime rate and (y) the federal funds rate plus 0.5% and (ii) the sum of one-month LIBOR plus 1.00%. The applicable margin is 4.5% for LIBOR Loans and 3.5% for base rate loans. The principal and interest on the 2015 Golub Term Loan is payable in quarterly installments ending on the maturity date of the term loan, June 29, 2021. Quarterly principal payments of $500,000 are due each quarter. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 on the 2015 Golub Term Loan was $11.2 million and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 was 5.9%. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended April 1, 2017 on the 2015 Golub Term Loan was $11.2 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended April 1, 2017 was 5.5%. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended March 26, 2016 on the 2015 Golub Term Loan was $8.3 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 26, 2016 was 5.5%.

All obligations under each of the 2015 Golub Term Loan and the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver are unconditionally guaranteed by us and each of our direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries (other than certain immaterial subsidiaries) which are not named as borrowers under the 2015 Golub Term Loan or the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver, as applicable.

The priority with respect to collateral under each of the 2015 Golub Term Loan and the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver is subject to the terms of an intercreditor agreement among the lenders under the 2015 Golub Term Loan and the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver.

46

Each of the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan contains customary provisions relating to mandatory prepayments, restricted payments, voluntary payments, affirmative and negative covenants, and events of default. In addition, the terms of the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver require the Company to maintain, on a consolidated basis, a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 1.00:1.00 during such times as a covenant trigger event shall exist. On May 26, 2017, the Company entered into an amendment to the 2015 Golub Term Loan (the “2017 Golub Amendment”). The 2017 Golub Amendment changed the maximum Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio requirements to 4.50:1.00 as of March 31, 2018, stepping down to 4.00:1.00 as of December 29, 2018 and for all subsequent periods. The June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and 2015 Golub Term Loan also require the Company to pay additional interest of 2.0% per annum upon triggering certain specified events of default set forth therein. For financial accounting purposes, the requirement for the Company to pay a higher interest rate upon an event of default is an embedded derivative. As of March 31, 2018, the fair value of these embedded derivatives was estimated and was not significant.

As of March 31, 2018, we were in compliance with the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan covenants.

Cash Position and Cash Flow

Cash and cash equivalents were $9.0 million as of March 31, 2018 compared to $8.0 million as of April 1, 2017.

The following table presents summary cash flow information for the periods indicated:

	Fiscal Year Ended
	March 31,		April 1,		March 26,
	2018		2017		2016
	(In thousands)
Net cash provided by/(used in):
Operating activities	$	44,200	$	41,151	$	32,929
Investing activities		(23,553)		(23,598)		(182,668)
Financing activities		(19,666)		(16,713)		155,486
Net increase in cash	$	981	$	840	$	5,747

Operating activities

Cash provided by operating activities consists primarily of net income adjusted for non‑cash items including depreciation, amortization and stock‑based compensation, plus the effect on cash of changes during the year in our assets and liabilities.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $44.2 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018. The significant components of cash flows provided by operating activities were net income of $28.9 million, the add-back of non-cash depreciation and amortization expense of $17.1 million, stock-based compensation expense of $2.2 million, and amortization and write-off of debt issuance fees and debt discount of $1.2 million. Other liabilities, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities increased by $18.3 million due to the timing of payments. The above was partially offset by an increase in inventories of $24.6 million due to the growth of the company and the purchase of Wood’s Boots’ inventory, and an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $3.3 million due to the timing of payments.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $41.2 million for the fiscal year ended April 1, 2017. The significant components of cash flows provided by operating activities were net income of $14.2 million, the add-back of non-cash depreciation and amortization expense of $16.7 million, stock-based compensation expense of $3.0 million, and amortization and write-off of debt issuance fees and debt discount of $1.1 million. Other liabilities, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities increased by $15.2 million due to the timing of payments. The above

47

was partially offset by an increase in inventories of $12.8 million due to the growth of the company and an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $3.8 million due to the timing of payments.

Investing activities

Cash used in investing activities consists primarily of purchases of property and equipment but also includes funds used to effect business combinations and asset acquisitions made by the Company.

Net cash used in investing activities was $23.6 million for fiscal 2018, which was primarily attributable to $24.4 million in capital expenditures related to store construction, improvements to our e-commerce information technology infrastructure, and improvements to our distribution facilities, partially offset by $0.9 million in insurance recoveries for property and equipment as a result of Hurricane Harvey damages incurred in fiscal 2018.

Net cash used in investing activities was $23.6 million for fiscal 2017, which was primarily attributable to purchases of property and equipment during the period for $22.3 million and acquisition of Country Outfitter assets for $1.3 million.

Financing activities

Cash provided by financing activities consists primarily of advances and repayments on our term loan and credit facility.

Net cash used in financing activities was $19.7 million for fiscal 2018. We reduced our line of credit borrowings by $12.3 million and repaid $10.4 million on our debt and capital lease obligations during the period. We also received $3.7 million from the exercise of stock options.

Net cash used in financing activities was $16.7 million for fiscal 2017. We reduced our line of credit borrowings by $15.5 million and repaid $2.4 million on our debt and capital lease obligations during the period. We also received $1.3 million from the exercise of stock options.

Other obligations

Contractual obligations. We enter into long‑term contractual obligations and commitments in the normal course of business, primarily non‑cancelable capital and operating leases.

As of March 31, 2018, our contractual cash obligations over the next several periods are set forth below.

	Payments Due by Period
(In thousands)	Total		Less Than 1 Year		1 - 2 Years		3 - 5 Years		More Than 5 Years
Capital lease and financing transaction obligations	$	12,097	$	1,291	$	2,628	$	3,926	$	4,252
Operating lease obligations		195,657		35,545		63,930		66,326		29,856
Debt and line of credit		207,506		—		21,006		186,500		—
Interest expense on debt		43,930		13,585		27,170		3,175		—
Total	$	459,190	$	50,421	$	114,734	$	259,927	$	34,108

Capital lease obligations relate to property and equipment leases that expire at various dates through fiscal 2024. The financing transaction obligation relates to the acquisition of two retail stores, two office buildings, one distribution center facility and land as part of the Sheplers Acquisition. The financing transaction lease expires in fiscal 2028 and includes renewal options and certain default provisions requiring us to perform repairs and maintenance, make timely rent payments and insure the buildings and equipment.

48

We lease our stores, facilities and certain other equipment under non-cancelable operating leases. These operating leases expire at various dates through fiscal 2031, and contain various provisions for rental adjustments, including, in certain cases, adjustments based on increases in the Consumer Price Index. They also generally contain renewal provisions for varying periods. Our future operating lease obligations would change if we were to exercise these renewal provisions or if we were willing to enter into additional operating leases.

Debt consists of $186.5 million outstanding under our 2015 Golub Term Loan and $21.0 million outstanding under our June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver as of March 31, 2018. Our 2015 Golub Term Loan provides for regularly scheduled principal payments that began on September 25, 2015. On June 2, 2017, the Company prepaid $10.0 million on the 2015 Golub Term Loan, which included all of the required quarterly principal payments until the maturity date of the loan. Payments with respect to the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver are due the earlier of May 26, 2022 or 90 days prior to the maturity of the 2015 Golub Term Loan, which is currently scheduled to mature on June 29, 2021.

Interest expense on debt consists of scheduled interest payments under our 2015 Golub Term Loan and June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver. The interest expense relating to our 2015 Golub Term Loan was calculated using a 6.81% interest rate applied to the term loan balance of $186.5 million as of March 31, 2018 and for each period thereafter. The interest rate used represents the interest rate on the 2015 Golub Term Loan on the last day of fiscal 2018. The interest expense relating to our June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver was determined using an interest rate of 2.87% applied to the revolving line of credit balance of $21.0 million on March 31, 2018, the last day of the fiscal year. The interest rate used represents the weighted average interest rate on the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver on the last day of fiscal 2018.  

Off‑balance sheet arrangements. We are not a party to any off‑balance sheet arrangements, except for operating leases and purchase obligations.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the appropriate application of certain accounting policies, some of which require us to make estimates and assumptions about future events and their impact on amounts reported in our financial statements. Since future events and their impact cannot be determined with absolute certainty, our actual results will inevitably differ from our estimates.

We believe that the application of our accounting policies, and the estimates inherently required therein, are reasonable. Our accounting policies and estimates are reevaluated on an ongoing basis and adjustments are made when facts and circumstances dictate a change.

The policies and estimates discussed below involve the selection or application of alternative accounting policies that are material to our financial statements. With respect to critical accounting policies, even a relatively minor variance between actual and expected experience can potentially have a materially favorable or unfavorable impact on subsequent results of operations. However, our historical results for the periods presented in our financial statements have not been materially impacted by such variances. Our accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Management has discussed the development and selection of these critical accounting policies and estimates with our board of directors.

We have certain accounting policies that require more significant management judgment and estimates than others. These include our accounting policies with respect to revenue recognition, inventories, goodwill, intangible and long‑lived assets, stock‑based compensation and income taxes, which are more fully described below.

Revenue recognition

Sales are recognized at the time of purchase by customers at our retail store locations. Sales are recorded net of taxes collected from customers. For e‑commerce sales, revenue is recognized at the estimated time that the customer takes title of the merchandise and assumes the risk of loss, collection of the relevant receivable is reasonably assured, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, and the sales price is fixed or determinable, which generally occurs upon receipt by the customer of the goods. On average, customers receive goods within approximately five days of being

49

ordered. The estimate of the transit times for these shipments is based on shipping terms and historical delivery times. Shipping and handling fees billed to customers for online sales are included in net sales and the related shipping and handling costs are classified as cost of goods sold in the consolidated statements of operations.

We reserve for projected merchandise returns based upon historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable. Customers can return merchandise purchased in‑store within 30 days of the original purchase date, return merchandise purchased at bootbarn.com and countryoutfitter.com within 60 days of the original purchase date, and return Sheplers E-commerce merchandise within 90 days of the original purchase date. Merchandise returns are often resalable merchandise and the purchase price is generally refunded by issuing the same tender used in the original purchase. Merchandise exchanges of the same product and price are not considered merchandise returns and, therefore, are not included in the population when calculating our sales returns reserve. We record the impact of adjustments to our sales return reserve quarterly within total net sales. Should the returns rate as a percentage of net sales significantly change in future periods, it could have a material impact on our results of operations.

We maintain a customer loyalty program at the stores and bootbarn.com. Under the program, customers accumulate points based on purchase activity. For customers to maintain their active point balance, they must make a qualifying purchase of merchandise at least once in a 365‑day period. Once a loyalty program member achieves a certain point level, the member earns awards that may be redeemed for credits on merchandise purchases. To redeem awards, the member must make a qualifying purchase of merchandise within 60 days of the date the award was granted. Unredeemed awards and accumulated partial points are accrued as unearned revenue and as an adjustment to net sales. If actual redemptions ultimately differ from accrued redemption levels, or if we further modify the terms of the program in a way that affects expected redemption value and levels, we could record adjustments to the unearned revenue accrual, which would affect net sales.

We recognize the sales from gift cards, gift certificates and store credits as they are redeemed for merchandise. Prior to redemption, we maintain an unearned revenue liability for gift cards, gift certificates and store credits until we are released from such liability, including potential obligations arising under state escheatment laws. Our gift cards, gift certificates and store credits do not have expiration dates, and unredeemed gift cards, gift certificates and store credits are subject to state escheatment laws. We retain the percentage of the value of such unredeemed gift cards, gift certificates and store credits not escheated and recognize these amounts in net sales.

Inventories

Inventories, which consist primarily of general consumer merchandise held for sale, are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined on the first‑in, first‑out method and includes the cost of merchandise and import related costs, including freight, duty and agent commissions.

During each accounting period, we record adjustments to our inventories, which are reflected in cost of goods sold, if the cost of specific inventory items on hand exceeds the amount that we expect to realize from the ultimate sale or disposal of the inventory. A periodic review of inventory is performed in order to determine if inventory is properly stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. This adjustment calculation requires us to make assumptions and estimates, which are based on factors such as average selling cycle and seasonality of merchandise, the historical rate at which merchandise has sold below cost during the average selling cycle, and the value and nature of merchandise currently priced below original cost. A provision is recorded to reduce the cost of inventories to the estimated net realizable values, if appropriate.

To the extent that management’s estimates differ from actual results, additional markdowns may be required that could reduce our gross profit, operating income and the carrying value of inventories.

We also record an inventory shrinkage reserve calculated as a percentage of net sales for estimated merchandise losses for the period between the last physical inventory count and the balance sheet date. These estimates are based on historical percentages and can be affected by changes in merchandise mix and changes in shrinkage trends. We perform periodic physical inventory counts for our entire chain of stores and our distribution center and adjust the inventory shrinkage reserve accordingly. If actual physical inventory losses differ significantly from the estimate, our results of

50

operations could be adversely impacted. The inventory shrinkage reserve reduces the value of total inventory and is a component of inventories on the consolidated balance sheets.

Goodwill, intangible and long‑lived assets

Goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets. Goodwill is recorded as the difference, if any, between the aggregate consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair value of the acquired net tangible and intangible assets. Intangible assets with indefinite lives include the Boot Barn trademark that was acquired as part of the Recapitalization, the Sheplers trademark acquired as part of the Sheplers Acquisition, the cost to register the Boot Barn trademark in Hong Kong as part of our Boot Barn International (Hong Kong) Limited subsidiary, and the www.countryoutfitter.com website trademark we acquired as part of our asset acquisition in February of fiscal 2017. We test goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually on the first day of the fourth quarter or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist, in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 350, Goodwill and Other. This guidance provides us the option to first assess qualitative factors such as macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, overall financial performance and other relevant entity-specific events to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value (a “Step 0” analysis). If, based on a review of qualitative factors it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, we perform “Step 1” of the traditional two-step goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount.

If we proceed to conduct a two-step goodwill impairment test, the first step of the impairment test involves comparing the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying value. We evaluate the fair value of the reporting unit by using market based analysis to review market capitalization and by reviewing a discounted cash flow analysis using management’s assumptions. Our entire operations represent one reporting unit. We determine the fair value of our reporting unit using the income approach and market approach to valuation, as well as other generally accepted valuation methodologies. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, we perform the second step of the goodwill impairment test. The second step of the goodwill impairment test involves comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to the carrying value of that goodwill. The amount by which the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, if any, will be recognized as an impairment loss.

Definite‑lived intangible assets and long‑lived assets. Definite‑lived intangible assets consist of certain trademarks, customer lists, non‑compete agreements, and below‑market leases. Definite‑lived intangible assets are recorded at their fair value as of the acquisition date with amortization computed utilizing the straight‑line method over the assets’ estimated useful lives, with the exception of customer lists, which are amortized based on the estimated attrition rate. The period of amortization for non‑compete agreements is four to five years, customer lists is three to five years, and below‑market leases is four to 19 years.

Long‑lived assets consist of leasehold improvements, machinery and equipment, furniture and fixtures, software and vehicles. Long‑lived assets are subject to depreciation and amortization. We assess potential impairment of our definite‑lived intangible assets and long‑lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset’s carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that are considered important that could trigger an impairment review include a current‑period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses and a projection or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses or insufficient income associated with the use of a long‑lived asset or asset group. Other factors include a significant change in the manner of the use of the asset or a significant negative industry or economic trend. This evaluation is performed based on estimated undiscounted future cash flows from operating activities compared with the carrying value of the related assets. If the undiscounted future cash flows are less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized, measured by the difference between the carrying value and the estimated fair value of the assets, with such estimated fair values determined using the best information available and in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements (“ASC 820”).

We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the estimates or assumptions we use to calculate long‑lived asset impairment losses. However, if actual results are not consistent with our estimates and assumptions, our operating results could be adversely affected by additional impairment charges.

51

Stock‑based compensation

We account for employee stock options, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units in accordance with relevant authoritative literature. Stock options are granted with exercise prices equal to or greater than the market value, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange (or on any other national securities exchange on which our common stock is then listed) on the date of grant as authorized by our board of directors. Stock options granted have five year vesting provisions. Stock option grants are generally subject to forfeiture if employment terminates prior to vesting. We have selected the Black‑Scholes option pricing model for estimating the grant date fair value of stock option awards granted. We have considered the retirement and forfeiture provisions of the options and utilized the simplified method to estimate the expected life of the options. We base the risk‑free interest rate on the yield of a zero‑coupon U.S. Treasury security with a maturity equal to the expected life of the option from the date of the grant. We estimate the volatility of the share price of our common stock by considering the historical volatility of the stock of similar public entities. In determining the appropriateness of the public entities included in the volatility assumption, we considered a number of factors, including the entity’s life cycle stage, growth profile, size, financial leverage and products offered. Stock‑based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized as expense over the requisite service period based on the number of years for which the requisite service is expected to be rendered. Forfeitures are recognized as incurred.

The fair value of our restricted stock awards and restricted stock units is the closing price of our common stock on the grant date.

To estimate the value of our common stock prior to our initial public offering, we utilized a discounted cash flow analysis, a market approach of comparable companies in our industry and a comparable acquisitions analysis in order to determine our enterprise value. The discounted cash flow method involves cash flow projections that are discounted at an appropriate rate. The market approach involves companies in our industry that we determine to be comparable. Comparable acquisitions analysis involves analyzing sales of controlling interests in companies that we determine are comparable. In conducting this valuation, we also took into consideration recent valuation reports of third‑party valuation specialists prepared for us, as well as any significant internal and external events occurring subsequent to those reports that may have caused the value of our common stock to increase or decrease since the dates of those reports. Estimates used in our valuation of share‑based compensation are highly complex and subjective. Valuations and estimates of our common stock value are no longer necessary since we became a publicly traded company, as we now rely on market price to determine the market value of our common stock.

Income taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”), which requires the asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting of income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to differences between financial statement and income tax reporting. Deferred tax assets, net of any valuation allowances, represent the future tax return consequences of those differences and for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards, which will be deductible when the assets are recovered. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if it is deemed more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, we consider whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. We consider the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.

We account for uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements. It prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. ASC 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. Such changes in recognition or measurement might result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision in the period.

52

We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the income tax expense line in the accompanying statement of operations. See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information regarding our tax disclosures.

Recent accounting pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) jointly issued a new revenue recognition standard, ASU No. 2014‑09, Revenue From Contracts with Customers, that will supersede nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP. The revenue recognition standard will allow for the recognition of revenue when a company transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The standard permits the use of either a full retrospective or retrospective with cumulative effect transition method. On August 8, 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, which deferred the effective date of ASU No. 2014-09 by one year, and permits early adoption as long as the adoption date is not before the original public entity effective date. The standard is effective for public entities for annual periods, and interim periods within that year, beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company’s revenues are primarily generated from the sale of finished products to customers. Those sales predominantly contain a single delivery element and revenue for such sales is recognized when the customer obtains control. The Company has completed its assessment of the impact of the revised standard and does not expect it to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements. The Company will use the modified retrospective transition approach upon adoption in the first quarter of fiscal 2019.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The FASB issued this ASU to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by requiring lessees to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet for those leases classified as operating leases under current U.S. GAAP and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual periods, and interim periods within that year, beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements. The Company currently expects that most of its operating lease commitments will be subject to the new standard and recognized as operating lease liabilities and right-of-use assets upon adoption. Therefore, the Company expects this adoption will result in a material increase in the assets and liabilities on its consolidated balance sheets. Enhanced disclosures will also be required to give financial statement users the ability to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The Company plans to adopt the standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2020 and is currently continuing its assessment, which may identify other impacts the revised standard will have on the consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. ASU No. 2016-09 simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. For public entities, ASU No. 2016-09 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted ASU No. 2016-09 beginning April 2, 2017, the first day of fiscal 2018. Upon adoption, the Company began to recognize, on a prospective basis, all excess tax benefits and deficiencies as income tax benefit or expense, respectively, in its Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations. This resulted in the recognition of less than $0.1 million of additional income tax expense associated with net tax deficiencies for awards that were exercised or vested during the thirteen weeks ended July 1, 2017, the period of adoption. Additionally, as of April 2, 2017, excess tax benefits are classified as an operating activity along with deferred tax cash flows in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The Company elected to adopt such presentation on a prospective basis. Cash paid by the Company to tax authorities when directly withholding shares for tax withholding purposes will continue to be classified as a financing activity in the consolidated statements of cash flows. Stock-based compensation expense will no longer reflect estimated forfeitures of share-based awards and forfeitures will instead be recorded as they occur. In evaluating the impact of this change, the adjustment to adopt on a modified retrospective basis was immaterial, therefore no adjustment was made to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period presented. Lastly, excess tax benefits are now excluded from assumed future proceeds in the Company’s calculation of diluted shares for purposes of determining diluted earnings per share. This change had an immaterial impact on the Company’s weighted average diluted shares outstanding for the thirteen weeks ended July 1, 2017, the period of adoption.

53

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other: Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which simplifies the accounting for goodwill impairment by eliminating step two from the goodwill impairment test. Under this new guidance, if the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment charge shall be recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The amendments in this ASU are effective prospectively for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The Company plans to adopt the standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2021 and does not expect the revised standard to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

On December 22, 2017, the SEC issued guidance under Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“SAB 118”), allowing taxpayers to record a reasonable estimate of the impact of the U.S. legislation when it does not have the necessary information available, prepared or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete its accounting for the change in tax law. In March 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-05, Income Taxes (Topic 740),Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118. This Accounting Standards Update adds various SEC paragraphs pursuant to the issuance of SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 as amendments to Subtopic 740-10. In accordance with SAB 118, the Company has recorded estimated tax benefit associated with the impacts of the Tax Act (see Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information).

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risks

Interest rate risk

We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with borrowings under our credit facilities, which bear interest at variable rates. As of March 31, 2018, we had $21.0 million in outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facility and $186.5 million under our term loan facility. The impact of a 1.0% rate change on the outstanding balance as of March 31, 2018 would be approximately $2.1 million.

Foreign exchange rate risk

We currently purchase all of our merchandise through domestic and international suppliers on a U.S. dollar‑denominated basis. We do not hedge using any derivative instruments and historically have not been impacted by changes in exchange rates.

Impact of inflation

Our results of operations and financial condition are presented based on historical cost. While it is difficult to accurately measure the impact of inflation due to the imprecise nature of the estimates required, we believe that the effects of inflation, if any, on our results of operations and financial condition have been immaterial.

54

Item 8. Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	56
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017	57
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 2018, April 1, 2017 and March 26, 2016	58
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 2018, April 1, 2017 and March 26, 2016	59
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 2018, April 1, 2017 and March 26, 2016	60
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	61

55

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of

Boot Barn Holdings, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017, the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Costa Mesa, California

May 16, 2018

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2012.

56

Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except per share data)

	March 31,		April 1,
	2018		2017
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	9,016	$	8,035
Accounts receivable, net		4,389		4,354
Inventories		211,472		189,096
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		16,250		22,818
Total current assets		241,127		224,303
Property and equipment, net		89,208		82,711
Goodwill		193,095		193,095
Intangible assets, net		63,383		64,511
Other assets		1,128		961
Total assets	$	587,941	$	565,581
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Current liabilities:
Line of credit	$	21,006	$	33,274
Accounts payable		89,958		77,482
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		40,034		35,983
Current portion of notes payable, net		—		1,062
Total current liabilities		150,998		147,801
Deferred taxes		13,030		20,961
Long-term portion of notes payable, net		183,200		191,517
Capital lease obligations		7,303		7,825
Other liabilities		18,804		17,568
Total liabilities		373,335		385,672
Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)
Stockholders’ equity:
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; March 31, 2018 - 100,000 shares authorized, 27,331 shares issued; April 1, 2017 - 100,000 shares authorized, 26,575 shares issued		3		3
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 10,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding		—		—
Additional paid-in capital		148,127		142,184
Retained earnings		66,670		37,791
Less: Common stock held in treasury, at cost, 31 and 14 shares at March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017, respectively		(194)		(69)
Total stockholders’ equity		214,606		179,909
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	587,941	$	565,581

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

57

Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

	Fiscal Year Ended
	March 31,		April 1,		March 26,
	2018		2017		2016
Net sales	$	677,949	$	629,816	$	569,020
Cost of goods sold		470,034		439,930		396,317
Amortization of inventory fair value adjustment		—		—		(500)
Total cost of goods sold		470,034		439,930		395,817
Gross profit		207,915		189,886		173,203
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative expenses		161,660		152,068		142,078
Acquisition-related expenses		—		—		891
Total operating expenses		161,660		152,068		142,969
Income from operations		46,255		37,818		30,234
Interest expense, net		15,076		14,699		12,923
Income before income taxes		31,179		23,119		17,311
Income tax expense		2,300		8,922		7,443
Net income		28,879		14,197		9,868
Earnings per share:
Basic shares	$	1.08	$	0.54	$	0.38
Diluted shares	$	1.05	$	0.53	$	0.37
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic shares		26,744		26,459		26,170
Diluted shares		27,528		26,939		26,955

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

58

Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(In thousands)

				Additional
	Common Stock			Paid-In		Retained		Treasury Shares			Noncontrolling
	Shares	Amount		Capital		Earnings		Shares	Amount		Interest		Total
Balance at March 28, 2015	25,824	$	3	$	128,693	$	13,726	—	$	—	$	—	$	142,422
Net income	—		—		—		9,868	—		—		—		9,868
Stock options exercised	530		—		2,698		—	—		—		—		2,698
Shares forfeited, held in treasury	—		—		—		—	(4)		—		—		—
Excess tax benefit	—		—		3,621		—	—		—		—		3,621
Stock-based compensation expense	—		—		2,881		—	—		—		—		2,881
Balance at March 26, 2016	26,354	$	3	$	137,893	$	23,594	(4)	$	—	$	—	$	161,490
Net income	—		—		—		14,197	—		—		—		14,197
Issuance of common stock related to stock-based compensation	221		—		1,275		—	(3)		—		—		1,275
Tax withholding for net share settlement	—		—		—		—	(7)		(69)		—		(69)
Excess tax deficiency related to stock-based compensation	—		—		(7)		—	—		—		—		(7)
Stock-based compensation expense	—		—		3,023		—	—		—		—		3,023
Balance at April 1, 2017	26,575	$	3	$	142,184	$	37,791	(14)	$	(69)	$	—	$	179,909
Net income	—		—		—		28,879	—		—		—		28,879
Issuance of common stock related to stock-based compensation	756		—		3,695		—	(4)		—		—		3,695
Tax withholding for net share settlement	—		—		—		—	(13)		(125)		—		(125)
Stock-based compensation expense	—		—		2,248		—	—		—		—		2,248
Balance at March 31, 2018	27,331	$	3	$	148,127	$	66,670	(31)	$	(194)	$	—	$	214,606

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

59

Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

	Fiscal Year Ended
	March 31,		April 1,		March 26,
	2018		2017		2016
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income	$	28,879	$	14,197	$	9,868
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation		16,000		14,555		11,480
Stock-based compensation		2,248		3,023		2,881
Excess tax benefit		—		—		(3,621)
Amortization of intangible assets		1,128		2,155		2,536
Amortization and write-off of debt issuance fees and debt discount		1,199		1,145		2,274
Loss on disposal of property and equipment		252		367		463
Hurricane-related asset write-off		2,357		—		—
Store impairment charge		83		1,164		—
Accretion of above market leases		(2)		(36)		(72)
Deferred taxes		1,860		6,175		981
Amortization of inventory fair value adjustment		—		—		(500)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:
Accounts receivable, net		(35)		(223)		1,524
Inventories		(24,598)		(12,761)		(16,087)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		(3,281)		(3,805)		7,543
Other assets		(167)		5		(2,713)
Accounts payable		13,062		10,501		6,835
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities		3,977		(483)		5,068
Other liabilities		1,238		5,172		4,469
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	44,200	$	41,151	$	32,929
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of property and equipment		(24,418)		(22,293)		(36,127)
Hurricane-related insurance recoveries for property and equipment		865		—		—
Acquisition of business or assets, net of cash acquired		—		(1,305)		(146,541)
Net cash used in investing activities	$	(23,553)	$	(23,598)	$	(182,668)
Cash flows from financing activities
Borrowings/(payments) on line of credit - net		(12,268)		(15,541)		32,615
Proceeds from loan borrowings		—		—		200,938
Repayments on debt and capital lease obligations		(10,448)		(2,378)		(77,899)
Debt issuance fees paid		(520)		—		(6,487)
Tax withholding payments for net share settlement		(125)		(69)		—
Excess tax benefits from stock options		—		—		3,621
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options		3,695		1,275		2,698
Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities	$	(19,666)	$	(16,713)	$	155,486
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents		981		840		5,747
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period		8,035		7,195		1,448
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	$	9,016	$	8,035	$	7,195
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid for income taxes	$	614	$	4,192	$	3,296
Cash paid for interest	$	13,743	$	13,646	$	10,333
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash activities:
Unpaid purchases of property and equipment	$	1,315	$	2,421	$	1,992
Equipment acquired through capital lease	$	—	$	—	$	38

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

60

Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Business Operations

Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., formerly known as WW Top Investment Corporation (the “Company”) was formed on November 17, 2011, and is incorporated in the State of Delaware. The equity of the Company consists of 100,000,000 authorized shares and 27,299,688 and 26,561,523 outstanding shares of common stock as of March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017, respectively, with 7,021,771 and 13,435,387 shares of common stock held by Freeman Spogli & Co. as of March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017, respectively. The shares of common stock have voting rights of one vote per share.

The Company operates specialty retail stores that sell western and work boots and related apparel and accessories. The Company operates retail locations throughout the U.S. and sells its merchandise via the Internet. The Company operated a total of 226 stores in 31 states as of March 31, 2018, 219 stores in 31 states as of April 1, 2017 and 208 stores in 29 states as of March 26, 2016. As of the fiscal year ending March 31, 2018, all stores operate under the Boot Barn name, with the exception of two stores which operate under the “American Worker” name.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The Company’s consolidated financial statements, prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”), include the accounts of the Company and each of its subsidiaries, including WW Holding Corporation, Boot Barn Holding Corporation, Boot Barn, Inc., RCC Western Stores, Inc. (“RCC”), Baskins Acquisition Holdings, LLC (“Baskins”), Sheplers Inc. and Sheplers Holding Corporation (collectively with Sheplers, Inc. “Sheplers”) and Boot Barn International (Hong Kong) Limited (“Hong Kong”). All intercompany accounts and transactions among the Company and its subsidiaries have been eliminated in consolidation.

Fiscal Year

The Company reports its results of operations and cash flows on a 52‑ or 53‑week basis, and its fiscal year ends on the last Saturday of March unless April 1st is a Saturday, in which case the fiscal year ends on April 1st. The year ended March 31, 2018 (“fiscal 2018”) consisted of 52 weeks. The years ended April 1, 2017 (“fiscal 2017”) and March 26, 2016 (“fiscal 2016”) consisted of 53 and 52 weeks, respectively.

Comprehensive Income

The Company does not have any components of other comprehensive income recorded within its consolidated financial statements and, therefore, does not separately present a statement of comprehensive income in its consolidated financial statements.

Segment Reporting

GAAP has established guidance for reporting information about a company’s operating segments, including disclosures related to a company’s products and services, geographic areas and major customers. The Company operates in a single operating segment, which includes net sales generated from its retail stores and e‑commerce websites. The vast majority of the Company’s identifiable assets are in the U.S.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Among the significant estimates affecting the Company’s consolidated financial statements are those relating to revenue

61

recognition, inventories, goodwill, intangible and long‑lived assets, stock‑based compensation and income taxes. Management regularly evaluates its estimates and assumptions based upon historical experience and various other factors that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. To the extent actual results differ from those estimates, the Company’s future results of operations may be affected.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents also include receivables from credit card sales. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents represent their fair values.

Accounts Receivable

The Company’s accounts receivable consists of amounts due from commercial customers for merchandise sold, as well as receivables from suppliers under co‑operative arrangements. The Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts was less than $0.1 million for both the fiscal years ending March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017.

Inventories

Inventory consists primarily of purchased merchandise and is valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined on a first‑in, first‑out basis and includes the cost of merchandise and import related costs, including freight, duty and agent commissions. The Company assesses the recoverability of inventory through a periodic review of historical usage and present demand. When the inventory on hand exceeds the foreseeable demand, the value of inventory that, at the time of the review, is not expected to be sold is written down to its estimated net realizable value.

The Company recorded fair value adjustments to reflect the acquired cost of inventory related to its acquisitions of Baskins and Sheplers. These amounts were amortized over the period that the related inventory was sold. Amortization of the acquired cost of inventory was zero for both fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017, and $0.5 million for fiscal 2016.

Debt Issuance Costs and Debt Discounts

Debt issuance costs are capitalized and amortized to interest expense over the terms of the applicable loan agreements using the effective interest method. Those costs related to the issuance of debt are presented as a reduction to the principal amount of the debt. Debt issuance costs incurred with the issuance of revolving credit lines are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets.

Debt discounts arise when transaction fees are paid to the lending institution. Debt discounts are recorded as a reduction to the principal amount of the debt. Amortization of debt discounts is recorded as an increase to the net principal amount of the debt and as a charge to interest expense over the term of the applicable loan agreement using the effective interest method.

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment consists of leasehold improvements, machinery and equipment, furniture and fixtures, software and vehicles. Property and equipment is subject to depreciation and is recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Expenditures for major remodels and improvements are capitalized while minor replacements, maintenance and repairs that do not improve or extend the life of such assets are charged to expense. Gains or losses on disposal of fixed assets, when applicable, are reflected in operations. Depreciation is computed using the straight‑line method over the estimated useful lives, ranging from five to ten years. Machinery and equipment is depreciated over five years. Furniture and fixtures are depreciated over seven years. Software and vehicles are depreciated over five years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the terms of the leases or ten years.

62

Goodwill and Indefinite‑Lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill is recorded as the difference between the aggregate consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair value of the acquired net tangible and intangible assets. Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually as of the first day of the fourth fiscal quarter or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist, in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 350, Goodwill and Other. This guidance provides the option to first assess qualitative factors such as macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, overall financial performance and other relevant entity-specific events to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value (a “Step 0” analysis). If, based on a review of qualitative factors it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, the Company performs “Step 1” of the traditional two-step goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount.

If the Company proceeds to conduct a two‑step goodwill impairment test, the first step of the impairment test involves comparing the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying value. Management evaluates the fair value of the reporting unit using a market‑based analysis to review market capitalization as well as reviewing a discounted cash flow analysis using management’s assumptions. The Company’s entire operations represent one reporting unit. The Company determines the fair value of its reporting unit using the income approach and market approach to valuation, as well as other generally accepted valuation methodologies. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, the Company performs the second step of the goodwill impairment test, which involves comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to the carrying value of that goodwill. The amount by which the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, if any, will be recognized as an impairment loss. The Company concluded that there was no impairment of goodwill during fiscal 2018, 2017, or 2016.

Intangible assets with indefinite lives, which include the Boot Barn, Sheplers and Country Outfitter trademarks, are not amortized but instead are measured for impairment at least annually, or when events indicate that impairment may exist. The Company calculates impairment as the excess of the carrying value of indefinite‑lived intangible assets over their estimated fair value. If the carrying value exceeds the estimate of fair value, an impairment charge is recorded. The Company concluded there was no impairment of intangible assets with indefinite lives during fiscal 2018, 2017 or 2016.

Definite‑Lived Intangible Assets

Definite‑lived intangible assets consist of certain trademarks, customer lists, non‑compete agreements, and below‑market leases. Definite‑lived intangible assets are amortized utilizing the straight‑line method over the assets’ estimated useful lives, with the exception of customer lists, which are amortized based on the estimated attrition rate. The period of amortization for customer lists is three to five years, non‑compete agreements is four to five years and below‑market leases is four to 19 years.

Long‑Lived Assets

Long‑lived assets consist of property and equipment and definite‑lived intangible assets. The Company assesses potential impairment of its long‑lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that an asset or asset group’s carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that are considered important that could trigger an impairment review include a current period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses and a projection or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses or insufficient income associated with the use of a long‑lived asset or asset group. Other factors include a significant change in the manner of the use of the asset or a significant negative industry or economic trend. This evaluation is performed based on estimated undiscounted future cash flows from operating activities compared with the carrying value of the related assets. If the undiscounted future cash flows are less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized, measured by the difference between the carrying value, and the estimated fair value of the assets, with such estimated fair values determined using the best information available and in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements. During Fiscal 2018, the Company recorded an asset impairment charge of less than $0.1 million related to two of its stores. During fiscal 2017, the Company recorded an asset impairment charge of $1.2 million related to three of its stores. Long-lived assets held and used with a carrying value of $1.5 million were written down to their fair value of $0.3

63

million, resulting in an asset impairment charge of $1.2 million. The fair values of these locations were calculated based on the projected discounted cash flows at a similar rate that would be used by market participants in valuing these assets or prices of similar assets. There were no impairments of long‑lived assets during fiscal 2016.

Stock‑Based Compensation

Stock‑based compensation is accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”). The Company accounts for all stock‑based compensation transactions using a fair‑value method and recognizes the fair value of each award as an expense over the service period. The Company estimates the fair value of stock options granted using the Black‑Scholes option‑pricing model. The use of the Black‑Scholes model requires a number of estimates, including the expected option term, the expected volatility in the price of the Company’s common stock, the risk‑free rate of interest and the dividend yield on the Company’s common stock. Judgment is required in estimating the number of share‑based awards that the Company expects will ultimately vest upon the fulfillment of service conditions (such as time‑based vesting). The fair value of the Company’s restricted stock awards and restricted stock units is the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the grant date. The consolidated financial statements include amounts that are based on the Company’s best estimates and judgments. The Company classifies compensation expense related to these awards in the consolidated statements of operations based on the department to which the recipient reports.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recorded for store sales upon the purchase of merchandise by customers. E‑commerce sales are recorded when the customer takes title of the merchandise and assumes risk of loss, collection of the relevant receivable is reasonably assured, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists and the sales price is fixed or determinable, which generally occurs upon delivery of the product. Shipping and handling revenues are included in total net sales. Shipping costs incurred by the Company are included as cost of goods sold.

Revenue is recorded net of estimated and actual sales returns and deductions for coupon redemptions, estimated future award redemption and other promotions. The sales return reserve reflects an estimate of sales returns based on projected merchandise returns determined through the use of historical average return percentages. The total reserve for returns was $1.6 million, $1.5 million, and $1.3 million as of fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively and is recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The following table provides a reconciliation of the activity related to the Company’s sales returns reserve:

Sales Returns Reserve	Fiscal Year Ended
	March 31,		April 1,		March 26,
(In thousands)	2018		2017		2016
Beginning balance	$	1,544	$	1,319	$	687
Provisions		35,189		30,624		29,597
Sales returns		(35,146)		(30,399)		(28,965)
Ending balance	$	1,587	$	1,544	$	1,319

The Company maintains a customer loyalty program. Under the program, customers accumulate points based on purchase activity. For customers to maintain their active point balance, they must make a qualifying purchase of merchandise at least once in a 365‑day period. Once a loyalty program member achieves a certain point level, the member earns awards that may be redeemed for credits on merchandise purchases. To redeem awards, the member must make a qualifying purchase of merchandise within 60 days of the date the award was granted. Unredeemed awards and accumulated partial points are accrued as unearned revenue and as an adjustment to net sales. The unearned revenue for this program is recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets and was $1.7 million and $2.1 million as of March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017, respectively. The following table provides a reconciliation of the activity related to the Company’s customer loyalty program:

64

Customer Loyalty Program	Fiscal Year Ended
	March 31,		April 1,		March 26,
(In thousands)	2018		2017		2016
Beginning balance	$	2,060	$	1,975	$	1,971
Current year provisions		4,877		6,782		5,718
Current year award redemptions		(5,232)		(6,697)		(5,714)
Ending balance	$	1,705	$	2,060	$	1,975

Proceeds from the sale of gift cards are deferred until the customers use the cards to acquire merchandise. Gift cards, gift certificates and store credits do not have expiration dates, and unredeemed gift cards, gift certificates and store credits are subject to state escheatment laws. The Company retains the percentage of the value of such unredeemed gift cards, gift certificates and store credits not escheated, and recognizes these amounts in net sales. The Company defers recognition of a layaway sale and its related profit to the accounting period when the customer receives the layaway merchandise. Income from the redemption of gift cards, gift card breakage, and the sale of layaway merchandise is included in net sales.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold includes the cost of merchandise, obsolescence and shrink provisions, store and warehouse occupancy costs (including rent, depreciation and utilities), inbound and outbound freight, supplier allowances, occupancy‑related taxes, compensation costs for merchandise purchasing and warehouse personnel and other inventory acquisition‑related costs.

Store Opening Costs

Store opening costs consist of costs incurred prior to opening a new store and primarily consist of manager and other employee payroll, travel and training costs, marketing expenses, initial opening supplies and costs of transporting initial inventory and certain fixtures to store locations, as well as occupancy costs incurred from the time that we take possession of a store site to the opening of that store. Occupancy costs are included in cost of goods sold and the other store opening costs are included in selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses. All of these costs are expensed as incurred.

Advertising Costs

Certain advertising costs, including pay-per-click, direct mail, television and radio promotions, event sponsorship, in‑store photographs and other promotional advertising are expensed when the marketing campaign commences. The Company had prepaid advertising costs of $0.8 million and $0.4 million as of March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017, respectively. All other advertising costs are expensed as incurred. The Company recognized $25.5 million, $24.7 million, and $22.0 million in advertising costs during fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Leases

The Company recognizes rent expense for operating leases on a straight‑line basis (including the effect of reduced or free rent and rent escalations) over the lease term. The difference between the cash paid to the landlord and the amount recognized as rent expense on a straight‑line basis is recognized as an adjustment to deferred rent in the consolidated balance sheets. Cash reimbursements received from landlords for leasehold improvements and other cash payments received from landlords as lease incentives are recorded as deferred rent and are amortized using the straight‑line method over the lease term as an offset to rent expense. Contingent rent, determined based on a percentage of sales in excess of specified levels, is recognized as rent expense when the achievement of the specified sales that triggers the contingent rent is probable.

65

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”), which requires the asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting of income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to differences between financial statement and income tax reporting. Deferred tax assets, net of any valuation allowances, represent the future tax return consequences of those differences and for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards, which will be deductible when the assets are recovered. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if it is deemed more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, we consider whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. We consider the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements. It prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. ASC 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. Such changes in recognition or measurement might result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision in the period.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the income tax expense line in the consolidated statements of operations. Accrued interest and penalties, if incurred, are included within accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. There were no accrued interest or penalties for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2018 or April 1, 2017.

Per Share Information

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of outstanding shares of common stock. In computing diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of common shares outstanding is adjusted to reflect the effect of potentially dilutive securities such as stock options. In accordance with ASC 718, the Company utilizes the treasury stock method to compute the dilutive effect of stock options, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units.

Fair Value of Certain Financial Assets and Liabilities

The Company follows FASB ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, (“ASC 820”) which requires disclosure of the estimated fair value of certain assets and liabilities defined by the guidance as financial instruments. The Company’s financial instruments consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and debt. ASC 820 defines the fair value of financial instruments as the price that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. ASC 820 establishes a three‑level hierarchy for disclosure that is based on the extent and level of judgment used to estimate the fair value of assets and liabilities.

· Level 1 uses unadjusted quoted prices that are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. The Company’s Level 1 assets include investments in money market funds.

· Level 2 uses inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable through correlation with market data. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; and inputs to valuation models or other pricing methodologies that do not require significant judgment because the inputs used in the model, such as interest rates and volatility, can be corroborated by readily observable market data.

66

· Level 3 uses one or more significant inputs that are unobservable and supported by little or no market activity, and reflect the use of significant management judgment. Level 3 assets and liabilities include those whose fair value measurements are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar valuation techniques and significant management judgment or estimation. The Company’s Level 3 assets include certain acquired businesses.

Cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable are classified according to the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. As a result, the asset or liability could be classified as Level 2 or Level 3 even though there may be certain significant inputs that are readily observable. The Company believes that the recorded values of its financial instruments approximate their current fair values because of their nature and respective relatively short maturity dates or duration.

Although market quotes for the fair value of the outstanding debt arrangements discussed in Note 8 “Revolving credit facilities and long‑term debt” are not readily available, the Company believes its carrying value approximates fair value due to the variable interest rates, which are Level 2 inputs. There were no financial assets or liabilities requiring fair value measurements as of March 31, 2018 on a recurring basis.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents. At times, such amounts held at banks may be in excess of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits, and the Company mitigates such risk by utilizing multiple banks.

Supplier Concentration Risk

The Company purchases merchandise inventories from several hundred suppliers worldwide. Sales of products from the Company’s three largest suppliers totaled approximately 40% of net sales in fiscal 2018, and approximately 38% of net sales in fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016.

Hurricane-Related Insurance Claims

During fiscal 2018, as a result of Hurricane Harvey, $3.2 million of inventory and property, plant and equipment at certain Houston-area stores were damaged and written off. These assets were insured at the time of the loss. The Company also incurred $0.3 million of repairs and maintenance expense during fiscal 2018 as a result of Hurricane Harvey. The Company received cash insurance proceeds of $5.1 million as of March 31, 2018, which includes $0.1 million of business interruption cash insurance proceeds. The charges and recoveries are recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses, resulting in a net gain of $1.6 million during fiscal 2018.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) jointly issued a new revenue recognition standard, ASU No. 2014‑09, Revenue From Contracts with Customers, that will supersede nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP. The revenue recognition standard will allow for the recognition of revenue when a company transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The standard permits the use of either a full retrospective or retrospective with cumulative effect transition method. On August 8, 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, which deferred the effective date of ASU No. 2014-09 by one year, and permits early adoption as long as the adoption date is not before the original public entity effective date. The standard is effective for public entities for annual periods, and interim periods within that year, beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company’s revenues are primarily generated from the sale of finished products to customers. Those sales predominantly contain a single delivery element and revenue for such sales is recognized when the customer obtains control. The Company has completed its assessment of the impact of the revised standard and does not expect it to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements. The Company will use the modified retrospective transition approach upon adoption in the first quarter of fiscal 2019.

67

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The FASB issued this ASU to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by requiring lessees to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet for those leases classified as operating leases under current U.S. GAAP and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual periods, and interim periods within that year, beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements. The Company currently expects that most of its operating lease commitments will be subject to the new standard and recognized as operating lease liabilities and right-of-use assets upon adoption. Therefore, the Company expects this adoption will result in a material increase in the assets and liabilities on its consolidated balance sheets. Enhanced disclosures will also be required to give financial statement users the ability to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The Company plans to adopt the standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2020 and is currently continuing its assessment, which may identify other impacts the revised standard will have on the consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. ASU No. 2016-09 simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. For public entities, ASU No. 2016-09 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted ASU No. 2016-09 beginning April 2, 2017, the first day of fiscal 2018. Upon adoption, the Company began to recognize, on a prospective basis, all excess tax benefits and deficiencies as income tax benefit or expense, respectively, in its Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations. This resulted in the recognition of less than $0.1 million of additional income tax expense associated with net tax deficiencies for awards that were exercised or vested during the thirteen weeks ended July 1, 2017, the period of adoption. Additionally, as of April 2, 2017, excess tax benefits are classified as an operating activity along with deferred tax cash flows in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The Company elected to adopt such presentation on a prospective basis. Cash paid by the Company to tax authorities when directly withholding shares for tax withholding purposes will continue to be classified as a financing activity in the consolidated statements of cash flows. Stock-based compensation expense will no longer reflect estimated forfeitures of share-based awards and forfeitures will instead be recorded as they occur. In evaluating the impact of this change, the adjustment to adopt on a modified retrospective basis was immaterial, therefore no adjustment was made to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period presented. Lastly, excess tax benefits are now excluded from assumed future proceeds in the Company’s calculation of diluted shares for purposes of determining diluted earnings per share. This change had an immaterial impact on the Company’s weighted average diluted shares outstanding for the thirteen weeks ended July 1, 2017, the period of adoption.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other: Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which simplifies the accounting for goodwill impairment by eliminating step two from the goodwill impairment test. Under this new guidance, if the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment charge shall be recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The amendments in this ASU are effective prospectively for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The Company plans to adopt the standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2021 and does not expect the revised standard to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

On December 22, 2017, the SEC issued guidance under Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“SAB 118”), allowing taxpayers to record a reasonable estimate of the impact of the U.S. legislation when it does not have the necessary information available, prepared or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete its accounting for the change in tax law. In March 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-05, Income Taxes (Topic 740),Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118. This Accounting Standards Update adds various SEC paragraphs pursuant to the issuance of SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 as amendments to Subtopic 740-10. In accordance with SAB 118, the Company has recorded estimated tax benefit associated with the impacts of the Tax Act (see Note 13: Income Taxes, for additional information).

68

3. Asset Acquisitions and Business Combination

Wood’s BootsAsset Acquisition

On September 11, 2017, Boot Barn, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, completed the acquisition of assets from Wood’s Boots, a four-store family-owned retailer with stores in Midland and Odessa, Texas. As part of the transaction, Boot Barn, Inc. purchased the inventory, entered into new leases with the stores’ landlord, offered employment to the Wood’s Boots team at all four store locations and assumed certain customer credits. The cash consideration paid was $2.7 million.

In allocating the purchase price, the Company recorded all assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value. As the acquisition did not meet the definition of a business combination under FASB ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations, the Company accounted for the transaction as an asset acquisition. In an asset acquisition, goodwill is not recognized, but rather any excess consideration transferred over the fair value of the net assets acquired is allocated on a relative fair value basis to the identifiable net assets. 

The Company determined the estimated fair values using Level 3 inputs after review and consideration of relevant information, including quoted market prices and estimates made by management. The inventory was valued using the comparative sales method. Based on the fair value analysis of the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the inventory was valued at $2.8 million, and the customer credits were valued at less than $0.1 million.

Country Outfitter Asset Acquisition

On February 16, 2017, Sheplers Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., entered into an asset purchase agreement with Acumen Brands, Inc., who owned and historically operated as one of its unincorporated business divisions a multi-faceted e-commerce retail business under the “Country Outfitter” name. As a result of the asset purchase agreement, Sheplers Inc. purchased the rights and interest in the www.countryoutfitter.com website and social media accounts along with a customer email list (collectively the “Country Outfitter Asset Acquisition”). The cash consideration paid for the Country Outfitter Asset Acquisition was $1.3 million.

In allocating the purchase price, the Company recorded all assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value. As the acquisition did not meet the definition of a business combination under ASC 805, the Company accounted for the transaction as an asset acquisition. In an asset acquisition, goodwill is not recognized, but rather any excess consideration transferred over the fair value of the net assets acquired is allocated on a relative fair value basis to the identifiable net assets.

The Company determined the estimated fair values using Level 3 inputs after review and consideration of relevant information, including discounted cash flows, quoted market prices and estimates made by management. The trade name was valued using the relief from royalty method, the customer list was valued using the cost approach, and the merchandise credits were valued using the cost build-up approach. The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date based on the purchase price allocation:

69

	At February 16, 2017
	(in thousands)
Assets acquired:
Intangible - trade name	$	1,300
Intangible - customer list		506
Total assets acquired	$	1,806
Liabilities assumed:
Other liability - merchandise credits	$	501
Total liabilities assumed		501
Net Assets acquired	$	1,305

The acquired trade name is an indefinite-lived intangible asset. The period of amortization for the acquired customer list is based on the estimated attrition rate of three years, consistent with the valuation of the Company’s other customer list intangible assets.

Business Combination

Sheplers Acquisition

On June 29, 2015, the Company completed the acquisition of Sheplers, a western lifestyle company with 25 retail locations across the United States and an e-commerce business, for a purchase price of $147.0 million (which included assumption of certain indebtedness), subject to customary adjustments (the “Sheplers Acquisition”). The primary reason for the Sheplers Acquisition was to expand the Company’s retail operations into new and existing markets and grow the Company’s e-commerce business.

The Company funded the Sheplers Acquisition by refinancing approximately $172.0 million of its and Sheplers’ existing indebtedness in part with an initial borrowing of $57.0 million under a $125.0 million syndicated senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility for which Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver”), is agent, and a $200.0 million syndicated senior secured term loan for which GCI Capital Markets LLC (“2015 Golub Term Loan”) is agent. Borrowings under the credit agreements were initially used to pay costs and expenses related to the Sheplers Acquisition and the closing of the credit agreements, and may be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

The acquisition-date fair value of the consideration transferred totaled $149.3 million, which consisted of $147.0 million in cash and $2.3 million of a working capital adjustment, cash acquired and other adjustments. The total fair value of consideration transferred for the acquisition was allocated to the net tangible and intangible assets based upon their estimated fair values as of the date of the acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the net tangible and intangible assets was recorded as goodwill. The goodwill and intangibles assets are not deductible for income tax purposes. Such estimated fair values require management to make estimates and judgments, especially with respect to intangible assets.

The fair value of each intangible and fixed asset acquired through the Sheplers Acquisition was measured in accordance with ASC 820. Customer lists, furniture, fixtures, office equipment, leasehold improvements, computer equipment and warehouse equipment were all valued using the cost approach. The trade name was valued under the royalty savings income approach method and inventory was valued under the comparative sales method. All operating leases, below-market leases, capital leases and financing obligations were valued under either the cost or income approach. Such fair values were determined using Level 3 inputs.

70

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date based on the purchase price allocation:

	At June 29, 2015
	(in thousands)
Assets acquired:
Cash	$	2,762
Accounts receivable		1,792
Inventory		30,436
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		17,711
Property and equipment		10,744
Properties under capital lease and financing transactions		10,528
Intangible - below-market leases		500
Intangible - trade name		9,200
Intangible - customer lists		488
Goodwill		99,998
Other assets		128
Total assets acquired	$	184,287
Liabilities assumed:
Accounts payable	$	14,554
Accrued liabilities and other payables		5,065
Accrued customer liabilities		1,318
Deferred tax liability		1,226
Capital lease and financing transactions		8,853
Other liabilities		3,968
Total liabilities assumed		34,984
Net Assets acquired	$	149,303

The Company incurred $0.9 million of acquisition‑related costs in fiscal 2016 related to the acquisition of Sheplers, which are recorded in “Acquisition-related expenses” in the consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal year ending March 26, 2016.

The amount of net revenue and net loss of Sheplers included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations subsequent to the June 29, 2015 acquisition date was as follows:

	Fiscal Year Ended
	March 26, 2016
	(in thousands)
Net sales	$	126,877
Net loss	$	(6,082)

Supplemental As Adjusted Data (Unaudited)

The as adjusted net sales and net income below give effect to the Sheplers Acquisition as if it had been consummated on March 30, 2014, the first day of the Company’s 2015 fiscal year. These amounts have been calculated after applying the Company’s accounting policies and adjusting the results of Sheplers to reflect the effects of amortization of purchased intangible assets and acquired inventory valuation step-down, refinanced debt and capital lease and financing transactions as of March 30, 2014 in order to complete the acquisition, and income tax expense. The adjustments are based upon currently available information and certain assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable under the circumstances. Pre-acquisition net sales and net income numbers for Sheplers are derived from their books and records prepared prior to the acquisition and are not verified by the Company. This as adjusted data is

71

presented for informational purposes only and does not purport to be indicative of the results of future operations or of the results that would have occurred had the acquisition taken place as of the date noted above.

	Fiscal Year Ended
	March 26,
	2016
(in thousands)
As adjusted net sales	$	601,952
As adjusted net income	$	6,449

The carrying amount of goodwill was $193.1 million as of fiscal 2018, fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016.  

4. Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

	March 31,		April 1,
	2018		2017
Prepaid rent and property taxes	$	3,778	$	3,350
Prepaid advertising		849		396
Prepaid insurance		1,024		1,051
Deferred taxes		—		9,790
Income tax receivable		5,834		5,677
Debt issuance costs		514		572
Other		4,251		1,982
Total prepaid expenses and other current assets	$	16,250	$	22,818

5. Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net, consisted of the following (in thousands):

	March 31,		April 1,
	2018		2017
Land	$	2,530	$	2,530
Buildings		7,998		7,998
Leasehold improvements		55,885		50,240
Machinery and equipment		26,411		19,101
Furniture and fixtures		47,103		36,948
Construction in progress		1,954		3,418
Vehicles		1,201		941
		143,082		121,176
Less: Accumulated depreciation		(53,874)		(38,465)
Property and equipment, net	$	89,208	$	82,711

Depreciation expense was $16.0 million, $14.6 million, and $11.5 million for fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. Amortization related to assets under capital leases is included in the above depreciation expense (see Note 11 “Leases”).

72

6. Intangible Assets, Net

Net intangible assets consisted of the following:

	March 31, 2018
	Gross						Weighted
	Carrying		Accumulated				Average
	Amount		Amortization		Net		Useful Life
	(in thousands, except for weighted average useful life)
Customer lists	$	1,594	$	(1,287)	$	307	3.8
Below-market leases		4,918		(2,519)		2,399	11.6
Total definite lived		6,512		(3,806)		2,706
Trademarks—indefinite lived		60,677		—		60,677
Total intangible assets	$	67,189	$	(3,806)	$	63,383

	April 1, 2017
	Gross						Weighted
	Carrying		Accumulated				Average
	Amount		Amortization		Net		Useful Life
	(in thousands, except for weighted average useful life)
Customer lists	$	4,694	$	(3,810)	$	884	4.6
Non-compete agreements		990		(915)		75	4.8
Below-market leases		4,918		(2,043)		2,875	11.6
Total definite lived		10,602		(6,768)		3,834
Trademarks—indefinite lived		60,677		—		60,677
Total intangible assets	$	71,279	$	(6,768)	$	64,511

Amortization expense for intangible assets totaled $1.1 million, $2.2 million, and $2.5 million for fiscal 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively, and is included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

As of March 31, 2018, estimated future amortization of intangible assets was as follows:

Fiscal year	(in thousands)
2019	$	624
2020		477
2021		308
2022		215
2023		184
Thereafter		898
Total	$	2,706

73

7. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

	March 31,		April 1,
	2018		2017
Accrued compensation	$	10,773	$	6,530
Deferred revenue		9,528		8,038
Sales tax liability		5,479		5,304
Accrued interest		192		35
Sales reward redemption liability		1,705		2,060
Capital leases-short term		521		447
Other		11,836		13,569
Total accrued expenses	$	40,034	$	35,983

8. Revolving Credit Facilities and Long-Term Debt

On June 29, 2015, the Company, as guarantor, and its wholly-owned primary operating subsidiary, Boot Barn, Inc., refinanced the $150.0 million credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“February 2015 Wells Fargo Credit Facility”) with the $125.0 million June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the $200.0 million 2015 Golub Term Loan. The borrowing base of the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver is calculated on a monthly basis and is based on the amount of eligible credit card receivables, commercial accounts, inventory, and available reserves. Borrowings under the credit agreements were initially used to pay costs and expenses related to the Sheplers Acquisition and the closing of such credit agreements, and may be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

Borrowings under the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver bear interest at per annum rates equal to, at the Company’s option, either (i) London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus an applicable margin for LIBOR loans, or (ii) the base rate plus an applicable margin for base rate loans. The base rate is calculated as the highest of (a) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, (b) the Wells Fargo prime rate and (c) one-month LIBOR plus 1.0%. The applicable margin is calculated based on a pricing grid that in each case is linked to quarterly average excess availability. For LIBOR Loans, the applicable margin ranges from 1.00% to 1.25%, and for base rate loans it ranges from 0.00% to 0.25%. The Company also pays a commitment fee of 0.25% per annum of the actual daily amount of the unutilized revolving loans. The interest on the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver is payable in quarterly installments ending on June 29, 2020, the maturity date as of April 1, 2017. On May 26, 2017, the Company entered into an amendment to the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver (the “2017 Wells Amendment”), increasing the aggregate revolving credit facility to $135.0 million and extending the maturity date to the earlier of May 26, 2022 or 90 days prior to the maturity of the 2015 Golub Term Loan, which is currently scheduled to mature on June 29, 2021. The amount outstanding under the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver as of March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017 was $21.0 million and $33.3 million, respectively. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 on the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver was $1.9 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 was 2.5%. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended April 1, 2017 on the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver was $1.5 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended April 1, 2017 was 1.9%. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended March 26, 2016 on the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver was $0.9 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 26, 2016 was 1.7%.

Borrowings under the 2015 Golub Term Loan bear interest at per annum rates equal to, at the Company’s option, either (a) LIBOR plus an applicable margin for LIBOR loans with a LIBOR floor of 1.0%, or (b) the base rate plus an applicable margin for base rate loans. The base rate is calculated as the greater of (i) the higher of (x) the prime rate and (y) the federal funds rate plus 0.5% and (ii) the sum of one-month LIBOR plus 1.0%. The applicable margin is 4.5% for LIBOR Loans and 3.5% for base rate loans. The principal and interest on the 2015 Golub Term Loan is payable in quarterly installments ending on the maturity date of the term loan, June 29, 2021. Quarterly principal payments of $500,000 are due each quarter. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 on the 2015 Golub Term Loan was $11.2 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 was 5.9%. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended April 1, 2017 on the 2015 Golub Term Loan was

74

$11.2 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended April 1, 2017 was 5.5%. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended March 26, 2016 on the 2015 Golub Term Loan was $8.3 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 26, 2016 was 5.5%.

All obligations under each of the 2015 Golub Term Loan and the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver are unconditionally guaranteed by the Company and each of its direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries (other than certain immaterial subsidiaries) which are not named as borrowers under the 2015 Golub Term Loan or the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver, as applicable.

The priority with respect to collateral under each of the 2015 Golub Term Loan and the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver is subject to the terms of an intercreditor agreement among the lenders under the 2015 Golub Term Loan and the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver.

Each of the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan contains customary provisions relating to mandatory prepayments, restricted payments, voluntary payments, affirmative and negative covenants, and events of default. In addition, the terms of the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver require the Company to maintain, on a consolidated basis, a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 1.00:1.00 during such times as a covenant trigger event shall exist. On May 26, 2017, the Company entered into an amendment to the 2015 Golub Term Loan (the “2017 Golub Amendment”). The 2017 Golub Amendment changed the maximum Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio requirements to 4.50:1.00 as of March 31, 2018, stepping down to 4.00:1.00 as of December 29, 2018 and for all subsequent periods. The June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and 2015 Golub Term Loan also require the Company to pay additional interest of 2.0% per annum upon triggering certain specified events of default set forth therein. For financial accounting purposes, the requirement for the Company to pay a higher interest rate upon an event of default is an embedded derivative. As of March 31, 2018, the fair value of these embedded derivatives was estimated and was not significant.

Debt Issuance Costs and Debt Discount

The Company paid $1.4 million of transaction fees in connection with the February 2015 Wells Fargo Credit Facility. These transaction fees were paid to both Wells Fargo and other advisors via a reduction in the proceeds from the February 2015 Wells Fargo Credit Facility and were accounted for as debt issuance costs and a debt discount at March 26, 2016. On June 29, 2015, the note payable was repaid when the new financing was obtained, and the $1.4 million remaining debt issuance costs and debt discounts were written off to interest expense.

Debt issuance costs totaling $1.0 million were incurred under the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and 2017 Wells Amendment and are included as assets on the consolidated balance sheets in prepaid expenses and other current assets. Total unamortized debt issuance costs were $0.5 million and $0.6 million as of March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017, respectively. These amounts are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver.

Debt issuance costs and debt discount totaling $6.0 million were incurred under the 2015 Golub Term Loan and 2017 Golub Amendment and are included as a reduction of the current and non-current note payable on the consolidated balance sheets. Total unamortized debt issuance costs and debt discount were $3.3 million and $3.9 million as of March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017, respectively. These amounts are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the 2015 Golub Term Loan.

The following sets forth the balance sheet information related to the term loan:

	March 31,			April 1,
	2018			2017
(in thousands)
Term Loan	$	186,500		$	196,500
Unamortized value of the debt issuance costs and debt discount		(3,300)			(3,921)
Net carrying value	$	183,200		$	192,579

75

Total amortization expense of $1.2 million and $1.1 million related to the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and 2015 Golub Term Loan is included as a component of interest expense in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017, respectively. 

$150 Million Credit Facility (Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.)

On February 23, 2015, the Company and Boot Barn, Inc., the Company’s wholly-owned primary operating subsidiary, entered into the February 2015 Wells Fargo Credit Facility, which consisted of a $75.0 million revolving credit facility, including a $5.0 million sub-limit for letters of credit, and a $75.0 million term loan, and also provided the Company with the ability to incur additional incremental term loans of up to $50.0 million, provided that certain conditions were met, including compliance with certain covenants. On June 29, 2015, the Company repaid all outstanding borrowings under the February 2015 Wells Fargo Credit Facility and terminated such facility in connection with the refinancing discussed above.

Total interest expense incurred in fiscal 2016 on the February 2015 Wells Fargo Credit Facility was $0.8 million.

Aggregate contractual maturities

Aggregate contractual maturities for the Company’s long-term debt as of March 31, 2018 are as follows:

Fiscal Year		(in thousands)
2019	$	—
2020		—
2021		—
2022		186,500
2023		—
Total	$	186,500

9. Stock-Based Compensation

Equity Incentive Plans

On January 27, 2012, the Company approved the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2011 Plan”). The 2011 Plan authorized the Company to issue options to employees, consultants and directors exercisable for up to a total of 3,750,000 shares of common stock. As of March 31, 2018, all awards granted by the Company under the 2011 Plan have been nonqualified stock options. Options granted under the 2011 Plan have a life of 10 years and vest over service periods of five years or in connection with certain events as defined by the 2011 Plan.

On October 19, 2014, the Company approved the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which was amended as of August 24, 2016 (as amended, the “2014 Plan”). The 2014 Plan authorizes the Company to issue awards to employees, consultants and directors for up to a total of 3,600,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share. As of March 31, 2018, all awards granted by the Company under the 2014 Plan to date have been nonqualified stock options, restricted stock awards or restricted stock units. Options granted under the 2014 Plan have a life of eight years and vest over service periods of five years or in connection with certain events as defined by the 2014 Plan. Restricted stock awards granted vest over one or four years, as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. Restricted stock units vest over service periods of one or five years, as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.

Stock Options

During fiscal 2018, the Company granted certain members of management options to purchase a total of 448,792 shares under the 2014 Plan. The total grant date fair value of stock options granted during fiscal 2018 was $1.2

76

million, with grant date fair values ranging from $2.11 to $6.97 per share. The Company is recognizing the expense relating to these stock options on a straight-line basis over the five-year service period of the awards. The exercise prices of these awards range between $6.15 and $18.66 per share.

During fiscal 2017, the Company granted certain members of management options to purchase a total of 560,892 shares under the 2014 Plan. The total grant date fair value of stock options granted during fiscal 2017 was $1.5 million, with grant date fair values ranging from $2.50 to $2.95 per share. The Company is recognizing the expense relating to these stock options on a straight-line basis over the five-year service period of the awards. The exercise prices of these awards range between $7.11 and $8.38 per share.

During fiscal 2016, the Company granted certain members of management options to purchase a total of 294,153 shares under the 2014 Plan. The total grant date fair value of stock options granted during fiscal 2016 was $2.7 million, with grant date fair values ranging from $7.48 to $11.52 per share. The Company is recognizing the expense relating to these stock options on a straight-line basis over the five-year service period of the awards. The exercise prices of these awards range between $22.31 and $32.02 per share.

The stock option awards discussed above were measured at fair value on the grant date using the Black‑Scholes option valuation model. Key input assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock options include the exercise price of the award, the expected option term, expected volatility of the Company’s stock price over the option’s expected term, the risk‑free interest rate over the option’s expected term and the Company’s expected annual dividend yield, if any. The Company will issue shares of common stock when the options are exercised.

The fair values of stock options granted in fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 were estimated on the grant dates using the following assumptions:

	Fiscal Year Ended
	March 31,					April 1,					March 26,
	2018					2017					2016
Expected option term(1)				5.5	years				5.5	years				5.5	years
Expected volatility factor(2)	34.0	%	-	35.5	%	35.8	%	-	36.0	%	33.3	%	-	36.7	%
Risk-free interest rate(3)	1.8	%	-	2.7	%				1.4	%	1.3	%	-	1.8	%
Expected annual dividend yield(4)				0	%				0	%				0	%

(1) The Company has limited historical information regarding expected option term. Accordingly, the Company determined the expected life of the options using the simplified method.

(2) Stock volatility for each grant is measured using the weighted average of historical daily price changes of the Company’s competitors’ common stock over the most recent period equal to the expected option term of the Company’s awards.

(3) The risk‑free interest rate is determined using the rate on treasury securities with the same term.

(4) The Company’s board of directors does not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

77

Intrinsic value for stock options is defined as the difference between the market price of the Company’s common stock on the last business day of the fiscal year and the weighted average exercise price of in‑the‑money stock options outstanding at the end of each fiscal period. The following table summarizes the stock award activity for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018:

				Weighted
		Grant Date		Average
		Weighted		Remaining	Aggregate
	Stock	Average		Contractual	Intrinsic
	Options	Exercise Price		Life (in Years)	Value
					(in thousands)
Outstanding at April 1, 2017	2,543,660	$	9.29
Granted	448,792	$	7.74
Exercised	(705,474)	$	5.24		$	8,012
Cancelled, forfeited or expired	(211,893)	$	8.66
Outstanding at March 31, 2018	2,075,085	$	10.40	5.4	$	16,988
Vested and expected to vest after March 31, 2018	2,075,085	$	10.40	5.4	$	16,988
Exercisable at March 31, 2018	1,094,154	$	10.23	4.5	$	8,999

A summary of the status of non-vested stock options as of March 31, 2018 and changes during fiscal 2018 is presented below:

		Weighted-
		Average
		Grant Date
	Shares	Fair Value
Nonvested at April 1, 2017	1,148,500	$	4.84
Granted	448,792	$	2.73
Vested	(409,153)	$	4.92
Nonvested shares forfeited	(207,208)	$	3.70
Nonvested at March 31, 2018	980,931	$	4.08

Restricted Stock

During fiscal 2018, the Company granted 126,800 restricted stock units to various employees under the 2014 Plan. The shares granted to employees vest in five equal annual installments beginning on the grant date, provided that the respective award recipient continues to be employed by the Company through each of those dates. The shares granted to the Company’s directors vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant. The grant date fair value of these awards for fiscal 2018 totaled $1.1 million. The Company is recognizing the expense relating to these awards on a straight-line basis over the service period of each award, commencing on the date of grant.

During fiscal 2017, the Company granted 136,732 restricted stock units to various employees under the 2014 Plan. The shares granted to employees vest in five equal annual installments beginning on the grant date, provided that the respective award recipient continues to be employed by the Company through each of those dates. The shares granted to the Company’s directors vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant. The grant date fair value of these awards for fiscal 2017 totaled $1.1 million. The Company is recognizing the expense relating to these awards on a straight-line basis over the service period of each award, commencing on the date of grant. 

During fiscal 2016, the Company granted 86,530 restricted stock units to various employees under the 2014 Plan. The shares granted to employees vest in five equal annual installments beginning on the grant date, provided that the respective award recipient continues to be employed by the Company through each of those dates. The grant date fair value of these awards for fiscal 2016 totaled $1.7 million. The Company is recognizing the expense relating to these awards on a straight-line basis over the service period of each award, commencing on the date of grant.

78

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

Stock‑based compensation expense was $2.2 million, $3.0 million, and $2.9 million for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Stock-based compensation expense of $0.4 million, $0.5 million, and $0.4 million was recorded in cost of goods sold in the consolidated statements of operations for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. All other stock-based compensation expense is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

As of March 31, 2018, there was $3.0 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested stock options, with a weighted-average remaining recognition period of 2.99 years. As of March 31, 2018, there was $1.9 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to restricted stock, with a weighted-average remaining recognition period of 3.52 years.

10. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is involved, from time to time, in litigation that is incidental to its business. The Company has reviewed these matters to determine if reserves are required for losses that are probable and reasonable to estimate in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 450, Contingencies. The Company evaluates such reserves, if any, based upon several criteria, including the merits of each claim, settlement discussions and advice from outside legal counsel, as well as indemnification of amounts expended by the Company’s insurers or others, if any.

On April 28, 2016, two employees, on behalf of themselves and all other similarly situated employees, filed a wage-and-hour class action, which includes claims for penalties under California’s Private Attorney General Act, in the Fresno County Superior Court, Case No. 16 CE CG 01330, alleging violations of California’s wage and hour, overtime, meal break and statement of wages rules and regulations, among other things.  On April 10, 2017, the Company reached a settlement with the employees for an amount that is not material to the consolidated financial statements. The amount of the settlement has been accrued as of March 31, 2018.

During the normal course of its business, the Company has made certain indemnifications and commitments under which the Company may be required to make payments for certain transactions. These indemnifications include those given to various lessors in connection with facility leases for certain claims arising from such facility leases, and indemnifications to directors and officers of the Company to the maximum extent permitted under the laws of the State of Delaware. The majority of these indemnifications and commitments do not provide for any limitation of the maximum potential future payments the Company could be obligated to make, and their duration may be indefinite. The Company has not recorded any liability for these indemnifications and commitments in the consolidated balance sheets as the impact is expected to be immaterial.

79

11. Leases

Operating Leases

The following is a schedule by year of non‑cancelable future minimum rental payments under operating leases as of March 31, 2018 (in thousands):

	Total
2019	$	35,545
2020		32,588
2021		31,342
2022		27,063
2023		22,348
Thereafter		46,771
Total	$	195,657

Minimum rent payments consist primarily of future minimum lease commitments related to store operating leases. Minimum lease payments do not include common area maintenance, insurance or tax payments. Rent expense related to operating leases was $43.3 million, $41.3 million, and $38.1 million for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2018, April 1, 2017 and March 26, 2016, respectively, and includes common area maintenance and contingent rent payments.

Capital Leases and Financing Transactions

As of March 31, 2018, the Company had non‑cancelable capital leases for property and equipment rentals with principal and interest payments due monthly. The liability under capital lease arrangements as of March 31, 2018 totals $0.7 million.

During fiscal 2016, the Company acquired leases related to two retail stores, two office buildings, one distribution center facility and land as part of the Sheplers Acquisition. On July 30, 2007, Sheplers sold these properties to an unrelated third-party real estate company and simultaneously entered into an arrangement with the third-party real estate company to lease back these properties. Sheplers maintained continuing involvement in these properties such that this sale did not qualify for sale-leaseback accounting treatment. This transaction is recorded as a financing transaction with the assets and related financing obligation recorded on the balance sheet. The lease expires in fiscal 2028 and includes renewal options and certain default provisions requiring the Company to perform repairs and maintenance, make timely rent payments and insure the buildings and equipment. The liability under the financing transaction as of March 31, 2018 totals $7.1 million.

The total liability under capital lease and financing transactions as of March 31, 2018 is $7.8 million and is included as capital lease obligations in the consolidated balance sheet. The current portion of the capital lease arrangements is included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. The interest rates range from 6.1% to 10.9%. 

80

As of March 31, 2018, future minimum capital lease and financing transaction payments are as follows:

Fiscal Year	(in thousands)
2019	$	1,291
2020		1,302
2021		1,326
2022		1,351
2023		1,300
Thereafter		5,527
Total		12,097
Less: Imputed interest		(4,273)
Present value of capital leases and financing transaction		7,824
Less: Current capital leases and financing transaction		(521)
Noncurrent capital leases and financing transaction	$	7,303

The net property and equipment involved in the Company’s capital leases and financing transaction are included in property and equipment as follows:

	March 31,		April 1,
	2018		2017
(in thousands)
Buildings	$	7,588	$	7,588
Land		2,530		2,530
Leasehold improvements		410		410
Equipment		63		63
Property and equipment, gross		10,591		10,591
Less: accumulated depreciation		(1,980)		(1,272)
Property and equipment, net	$	8,611	$	9,319

Other liabilities, which relate primarily to long‑term lease liabilities, are as follows:

	March 31,		April 1,
(in thousands)	2018		2017
Above-market leases	$	7	$	9
Long-term deferred rent		14,812		13,591
Capital lease residual value		3,968		3,968
Other		17		—
Total other liabilities	$	18,804	$	17,568

12. Defined Contribution Plan

The Boot Barn 401(k) Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) is a qualified plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The 401(k) Plan provides a matching contribution for all employees that work a minimum of 1,000 hours per year. Contributions to the plan are based on certain criteria as defined in the agreement, governing the 401(k) Plan. Participating employees are allowed to contribute up to the statutory maximum set by the Internal Revenue Service. The Company provides a safe harbor matching contribution that matches 100% of employee contributions up to 3% of their respective wages and then 50% of further contributions up to 5% of their respective wages. Contributions to the plan and charges to selling, general and administrative expenses were $0.7 million, $0.6 million, and $0.4 million for fiscal 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.

81

13. Income Taxes

Income tax expense (benefit) consisted of the following:

	Fiscal Year Ended
	March 31,		April 1,		March 26,
(in thousands)	2018		2017		2016
Current:
Federal	$	(104)	$	2,274	$	2,533
State		544		464		1,105
Foreign		—		8		8
Total current		440		2,746		3,646
Deferred:
Federal		622		5,946		3,736
State		1,237		231		65
Foreign		1		(1)		(4)
Total deferred		1,860		6,176		3,797
Total income tax expense	$	2,300	$	8,922	$	7,443

The reconciliation between the Company’s effective tax rate on income from operations and the statutory tax rate is as follows:

	Fiscal Year Ended
	March 31,		April 1,		March 26,
	2018		2017		2016
Expected provision at statutory U.S. federal tax rate	30.8	%	35.0	%	35.0	%
State and local income taxes, net of federal tax benefit	3.3		3.0		4.7
Change in state rate	(0.2)		(1.2)		1.0
Federal rate change	(22.4)		—		—
Acquisition costs	—		—		1.8
Permanent items	1.1		0.3		1.7
Excess tax benefit of stock based compensation	(5.7)		—		—
Other	0.5		1.5		(1.2)
Effective tax rate	7.4	%	38.6	%	43.0	%

Differences between the effective tax rate and the statutory rate relate primarily to state taxes and the change in federal rate due to the legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.

82

Deferred taxes reflect the net tax effects of the temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and the amount used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax liabilities as of March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017 consisted of the following (in thousands):

	March 31		April 1,
	2018		2017
Deferred tax assets:
State taxes	$	47	$	237
Accrued liabilities		2,369		3,479
Award program liabilities		117		782
Deferred revenue		1,062		1,233
Inventory		2,338		3,421
Stock options		1,436		2,574
Net operating loss carryforward		5,077		7,232
Other, net		393		584
Total deferred tax assets		12,839		19,542
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization		(23,875)		(29,551)
Prepaid expenses		(1,222)		(926)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(25,097)		(30,477)
Valuation allowance		(772)		(235)
Net deferred tax liabilities	$	(13,030)	$	(11,170)

As of March 31, 2018, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state tax purposes of $14.4 million and $8.0 million, respectively. These net operating loss carryforwards expire at various dates beginning in 2018.

Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. To this end, the Company has considered and evaluated its sources of taxable income, including forecasted future taxable income, and the Company has concluded that a valuation allowance is required for state net operating losses it expects to expire unused. The Company will continue to evaluate the need for a valuation allowance at each period end.

The Company applies ASC 740, which contains a two‑step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company considers many factors when evaluating and estimating its tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments. At March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017, no material amounts were recorded for any uncertain tax positions.

The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. To the extent that accrued interest and penalties do not ultimately become payable, amounts accrued will be reduced and reflected as a reduction of the overall income tax provision in the period that such determination is made. The Company does not have any accrued interest or penalties associated with any unrecognized tax benefits as of March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017.

The Company does not anticipate a significant change in its uncertain tax benefits over the next 12 months. 

The major jurisdictions in which the Company files income tax returns include the U.S. federal jurisdiction, as well as various state jurisdictions within the U.S. The Company’s fiscal years 2013 through 2017 returns are subject to examination by the U.S. federal and various state tax authorities.

On December 22, 2017, the legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Act”) was

83

signed into law by the President of the United States. The Act includes various changes to previously existing tax law, including a permanent reduction in the federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, effective beginning January 1, 2018. As a result of this rate change, the Company was required to revalue its deferred tax assets and liabilities to account for the future impact of the lower federal corporate income tax rate. The revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities resulted in a non-cash tax benefit of $7.0 million to the Company’s earnings for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018. In addition, during fiscal 2018, the Company realized a net $1.8 million tax benefit from the exercise of stock options and restricted stock vestings. 

In conjunction with the tax law changes, the SEC issued guidance under Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“SAB 118”) allowing taxpayers to record a reasonable estimate of the impact of the U.S. legislation when it does not have the necessary information available, prepared or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete its accounting for the change in tax law. The Company has recognized the provisional tax impacts related to all aspects of tax reform in its tax calculations for the current tax year and included these amounts in its consolidated financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2018. The ultimate impact may differ from these provisional amounts, possibly materially, due to, among other things, additional analysis, changes in interpretations and assumptions the Company has made, additional regulatory guidance that may be issued, and actions the Company may take as a result of the Act.

The Act allows for one hundred percent expensing of the cost of qualified property acquired and placed in service after September 27, 2017 and before January 1, 2023. The Company tentatively plans to take advantage of this provision for the near term but has the ability to opt out of this provision.

Net operating losses incurred in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017 are only allowed to offset a taxpayer's taxable income by eighty percent, but those net operating losses are allowed to be carried forward indefinitely with no expiration. The Company's net interest expense deductions are limited to 30% of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization through 2021 and of earnings before interest and taxes thereafter. This provision also takes effect for tax years beginning after 2017 and is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's deferred tax asset position due to the relative insignificance of interest expense.

14. Related Party Transactions

During fiscal 2018, the Company had capital expenditures with a specialty retail vendor in the flooring market that as of March 31, 2018 is 20.6% owned by Freeman Spogli, our majority stockholder. These capital expenditures amounted to $0.3 million and $0.2 million in fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017, respectively, and were recorded as property and equipment, net on the consolidated balance sheet.

John Grijalva, the husband of Ms. Grijalva, Chief Merchandising Officer, works as an independent sales representative primarily for Dan Post Boot Company, Outback Trading Company, LTD and KS Marketing LLC. Mr. Grijalva conducts his business as an independent sales representative through a limited liability company of which he and Ms. Grijalva are members. We purchased merchandise from these suppliers in the aggregate approximate amounts of $17.0 million, $16.1 million, and $17.7 million in fiscal 2018, fiscal 2017, and fiscal 2016, respectively. Mr. Grijalva was paid commissions on these sales of approximately $1.1 million, $1.3 million, and $1.3 million, respectively, in these periods, a portion of which were passed on to other sales representatives working for Mr. Grijalva.

15. Earnings Per Share

Earnings per share is computed under the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 260, Earnings Per Share. Basic earnings per share is computed based on the weighted average number of outstanding shares of common stock during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed based on the weighted average number of shares of common stock plus the effect of dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method, whereby proceeds from such exercise, unamortized compensation and hypothetical excess tax benefits, if any, on share-based awards are assumed to be used by the Company to purchase the common shares at the average market price during the period. The dilutive effect of stock options and restricted stock is applicable only in periods of net income.

84

The components of basic and diluted earnings per share of common stock, in aggregate, for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:

	Fiscal Year Ended
	March 31,		April 1,		March 26,
	2018		2017		2016
(in thousands, except per share data)
Net income	$	28,879	$	14,197	$	9,868
Weighted average basic shares outstanding		26,744		26,459		26,170
Dilutive effect of options and restricted stock		784		480		785
Weighted average diluted shares outstanding		27,528		26,939		26,955
Basic earnings per share	$	1.08	$	0.54	$	0.38
Diluted earnings per share	$	1.05	$	0.53	$	0.37

Options to purchase approximately 476,870, 694,278, and 476,333 shares of common stock during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2018, April 1, 2017 and March 26, 2016 were outstanding, but were not included in the computation of weighted average diluted common shares outstanding as the effect of doing so would have been anti-dilutive.

16. Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

The tables below set forth selected quarterly financial data for each of the last two fiscal years.

		Fiscal 2018								Fiscal 2017
		Fourth		Third		Second		First		Fourth		Third		Second		First
(in thousands, except per share data)		quarter		quarter		quarter		quarter		quarter		quarter		quarter		quarter
Net sales	$	170,766	$	224,732	$	143,072	$	139,379	$	163,003	$	199,431	$	133,969	$	133,414
Gross profit		52,896		71,937		41,690		41,392		49,328		63,363		36,446		40,750
Income from operations		11,282		24,395		5,638		4,941		8,063		20,863		4,443		4,450
Net income		6,855		20,149		1,098		777		2,588		10,507		479		624
Earnings per share:
Basic shares	$	0.25	$	0.76	$	0.04	$	0.03	$	0.10	$	0.40	$	0.02	$	0.02
Diluted shares	$	0.24	$	0.73	$	0.04	$	0.03	$	0.10	$	0.39	$	0.02	$	0.02
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic shares		27,134		26,674		26,608		26,559		26,535		26,495		26,427		26,373
Diluted shares		28,245		27,596		26,950		26,969		27,068		27,165		26,897		26,616

17. Subsequent Events

On April 24, 2018, we acquired assets of Lone Star Western & Casual LLC (“Lone Star”), an individually owned retail company with three stores in Waxahachie, Corsicana and Athens, Texas. As part of the transaction, we purchased the inventory, entered into new leases with the stores’ landlord and offered employment to the Lone Star team at all three store locations. We funded this acquisition from cash on hand.

85

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain a system of disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a‑15(e) and 15d‑15(e) under the Exchange Act) designed to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC, and is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer (our principal executive officer) and our Chief Financial Officer (our principal financial officer and principal accounting officer), as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures under the Exchange Act as of March 31, 2018, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10‑K. Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of March 31, 2018, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We are responsible for establishing and maintaining internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Our management, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2018. In making this assessment, our management used the Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) as issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (COSO) of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2018.

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Registrant’s registered public accounting firm due to an exemption established by rules of the Commission for emerging growth companies.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarterly period ended March 31, 2018 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

86

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by this item will be contained in our proxy statement to be filed with the SEC in connection with our 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”), which is expected to be filed not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended March 31, 2018, and is incorporated herein by reference.

In addition, our Board of Directors has adopted a Code of Business Ethics that applies to all of our directors, employees and officers, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer. The current version of the Code of Business Ethics is available on our website under the Investor Relations section at www.bootbarn.com. In accordance with the rules adopted by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange, we intend to promptly disclose any amendments to certain provisions of the Code of Business Ethics, or waivers of such provisions granted to executive officers and directors, on our website under the Investor Relations section at www.bootbarn.com. The information contained on or accessible through our website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10‑K.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item will be set forth in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this Item will be set forth in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this Item will be set forth in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this Item will be set forth in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules

See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10‑K. Financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are not required or are not applicable or because the information required in those schedules either is not material or is included in the consolidated financial statements or the accompanying notes.

Exhibits

The exhibits listed below are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this Annual Report on Form 10‑K.

87

Exhibit Number	Description
2.1(1)	Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Boot Barn, Inc., Rodeo Acquisition Corp., Sheplers Holding Corporation and Gryphon Partners III, L.P. as Guarantor and the Sellers’ Representative, dated as of May 29, 2015
3.1(2)	Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
3.2(3)	Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant
3.2.1(4)	Amendment, effective March 23, 2015, to Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant
4.1(3)	Specimen Common Stock Certificate
4.2(3)	Form of Registration Rights Agreement, by and among Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and the stockholders listed therein
10.1†(5)	Amended and Restated Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan
10.2†(3)	Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan
10.3†(6)	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Issuance Agreement under the Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan
10.4†(3)	Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement, by and between Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Brenda Morris
10.5†(3)	Form of Stock Option Agreement, by and between Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and James G. Conroy
10.6†(3)	Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. 2011 Equity Incentive Plan
10.7†(3)	Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. 2007 Stock Incentive Plan
10.8†(7)	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated April 7, 2015, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and James G. Conroy
10.9†(8)	Continued Employment Agreement, effective as of January 26, 2015, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and Paul Iacono
10.10†(2)	Employment Agreement, effective as of May 11, 2014, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and Laurie Grijalva
10.11†(2)	Letter Agreement, dated July 2, 2014, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and Laurie Grijalva
10.12†(8)	Employment Agreement, effective as of January 26, 2015, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and Gregory V. Hackman
10.13†(8)	Form of Stock Option Agreement, by and between Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Gregory V. Hackman
10.14(3)	NSB Software as a Service Master Agreement, dated February 26, 2008, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and NSB Retail Solutions Inc.
10.15+(3)	Carrier Agreement P720025535‑01, effective as of September 30, 2013, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and United Parcel Service Inc., including all Addendums thereto
10.16+(3)	Carrier Agreement P780025560‑02, effective as of September 30, 2013, by and between Boot Barn, Inc. and United Parcel Service Inc., including all Addendums thereto
10.17(3)	Form of Amended and Restated Indemnification Agreement
10.18+(9)	Credit Agreement dated as of June 29, 2015, by and among Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., Boot Barn, Inc., GCI Capital Markets LLC, as Administrative Agent, Sole Lead Arranger, Sole Bookrunner and Syndication Agent, and the other Lenders named therein.
10.18.1+(11)	First Amendment to Credit Agreement and Collateral Agreement dated as of May 26, 2017, by and among Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., Boot Barn, Inc., Golub Capital Markets LLC, as Administrative Agent, Sole Lead Arranger, Sole Bookrunner and Syndication Agent, and the other Lenders named therein.
10.19(9)	Guaranty Agreement dated as of June 29, 2015, by and among Boot Barn, Inc. as Borrower, Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and certain Subsidiaries of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. as Guarantors, in favor of GCI Capital Markets LLC, as Administrative Agent.
10.20+(9)	Collateral Agreement dated as of June 29, 2015, by and among Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., Boot Barn, Inc. and certain of its Subsidiaries as Grantors, in favor of GCI Capital Markets LLC, as Administrative Agent.

88

Exhibit Number	Description
10.21(9)	Trademark Security Agreement dated as of June 29, 2015 by Sheplers, Inc., in favor of GCI Capital Markets LLC, as Administrative Agent.
10.22(9)	Trademark Security Agreement dated as of June 29, 2015 by Boot Barn, Inc., in favor of GCI Capital Markets LLC, as Administrative Agent.
10.23(9)	Credit Agreement dated as of June 29, 2015, by and among the Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., Boot Barn, Inc., Sheplers Holding Corporation, Sheplers, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and Issuing Lender, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner, and the other Lenders named therein
10.23.1(10)	Amendment No. 1, dated as of January 25, 2017, to Credit Agreement dated as of June 29, 2015, by and among the Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., Boot Barn, Inc., Sheplers Holding Corporation, Sheplers, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and Issuing Lender, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner, and the other Lenders named therein.
10.23.2+(11)	Amendment No. 2, dated as of May 26, 2017, to Credit Agreement and Amendment No. 1, dated as of May 26, 2017, to Collateral Agreement, in each case dated as of June 29, 2015, by and among the Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., Boot Barn, Inc., Sheplers Holding Corporation, Sheplers, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and Issuing Lender, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner, and the other Lenders named therein.
10.24(9)	Guaranty Agreement dated as of June 29, 2015 by and among Boot Barn, Inc. and Sheplers, Inc. as Borrowers, Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., Sheplers Holdings Corporation and certain of their Subsidiaries as Guarantors, in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent.
10.25(9)	Collateral Agreement dated as of June 29, 2015, by and among Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., Boot Barn, Inc., Sheplers Holding Corporation, Sheplers, Inc. and certain of their Subsidiaries as Grantors, in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent.
10.26(9)	Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2015, by Sheplers, Inc., in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent.
10.27(9)	Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2015, by Boot Barn, Inc., in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent.
21.1	List of subsidiaries
23.1	Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
31.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002
31.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002
32.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002
32.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002
101.INS	XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

†Indicates management contract or compensation plan.

89

+Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and the omitted portions have been filed separately with the SEC.

(1) Incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 3, 2015.

(2) Incorporated by reference to our Quarterly Report on Form 10‑ Q filed on December 9, 2014.

(3) Incorporated by reference to our Registration Statement on Form S‑1, File No. 333‑19908.

(4) Incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8‑K filed on March 26, 2015.

(5) Incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 25, 2016.

(6) Incorporated by reference to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 4, 2015.

(7) Incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8‑K filed on April 8, 2015.

(8) Incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8‑K filed on January 9, 2015.

(9) Incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2015.

(10) Incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 27, 2017.

(11) Incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 1, 2017. 

90

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

	BOOT BARN HOLDINGS, INC.
Date: May 16, 2018	By:	/s/ James G. Conroy
		Name:	James G. Conroy
		Title:	President, CEO and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ James G. Conroy	President, CEO and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	May 16, 2018
James G. Conroy
/s/ Gregory V. Hackman	Chief Financial Officer and Secretary (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)	May 16, 2018
Gregory V. Hackman
/s/ Greg Bettinelli	Director	May 16, 2018
Greg Bettinelli
/s/ Brad J. Brutocao	Director	May 16, 2018
Brad J. Brutocao
/s/ Christian B. Johnson	Director	May 16, 2018
Christian B. Johnson
/s/ Brenda I. Morris	Director	May 16, 2018
Brenda I. Morris
/s/ Anne MacDonald	Director	May 16, 2018
Anne MacDonald
/s/ Peter Starrett	Director	May 16, 2018
Peter Starrett

91

EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc.

Legal Name	Jurisdiction of Organization or Incorporation
Boot Barn, Inc.	Delaware
RCC Western Stores, Inc.	South Dakota
Baskins Acquisition Holdings, LLC	Delaware
Boot Barn International (Hong Kong) Limited	Hong Kong
Sheplers Holding Corporation	Delaware
Sheplers, Inc.	Kansas

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-199745 and No. 333-214284 on Form S-8 and No. 333-221728 on Form S-3 of our report dated May 16, 2018, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”), appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. for the year ended March 31, 2018.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Costa Mesa, California

May 16, 2018

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF

THE SARBANES‑OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, James G. Conroy, certify that:

1.I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10‑K of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc.;

2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a‑15(e) and 15d‑15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

5.The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 16, 2018	/s/ James G. Conroy
	James G. Conroy
	President and Chief Executive Officer
	(Principal Executive Officer)

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF

THE SARBANES‑OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Gregory V. Hackman, certify that:

1.I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10‑K of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc.;

2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a‑15(e) and 15d‑15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

5.The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 16, 2018	/s/ Gregory V. Hackman
	Gregory V. Hackman
	Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
	(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906

OF THE SARBANES‑OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the annual report of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., (the “Company”) on Form 10‑K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, James G. Conroy, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, based on my knowledge, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1)The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)); and

(2)The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: May 16, 2018	/s/ James G. Conroy
	James G. Conroy
	President and Chief Executive Officer
	(Principal Executive Officer)

This certification accompanies the Report to which it relates, is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (whether made before or after the date of the Form 10‑K), irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.

EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906

OF THE SARBANES‑OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the annual report of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., (the “Company”) on Form 10‑K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Gregory V. Hackman, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of the Company, certify, based on my knowledge, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1)The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m(a) or 78o(d)); and

(2)The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: May16, 2018	/s/ Gregory V. Hackman
	Gregory V. Hackman
	Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
	(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

This certification accompanies the Report to which it relates, is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (whether made before or after the date of the Form 10‑K), irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.

XML

Document and Entity Information - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	May 15, 2018	Sep. 30, 2017
Document and Entity Information
Entity Registrant Name	Boot Barn Holdings, Inc.
Entity Central Index Key	0001610250
Document Type	10-K
Document Period End Date	Mar. 31, 2018
Amendment Flag	false
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--03-31
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Filer Category	Accelerated Filer
Entity Public Float			$ 115.6
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		27,476,196
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2018
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2018	Apr. 01, 2017
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 9,016	$ 8,035
Accounts receivable, net	4,389	4,354
Inventories	211,472	189,096
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	16,250	22,818
Total current assets	241,127	224,303
Property and equipment, net	89,208	82,711
Goodwill	193,095	193,095
Intangible assets, net	63,383	64,511
Other assets	1,128	961
Total assets	587,941	565,581
Current liabilities:
Line of credit	21,006	33,274
Accounts payable	89,958	77,482
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	40,034	35,983
Current portion of notes payable, net		1,062
Total current liabilities	150,998	147,801
Deferred taxes	13,030	20,961
Long-term portion of notes payable, net	183,200	191,517
Capital lease obligations	7,303	7,825
Other liabilities	18,804	17,568
Total liabilities	373,335	385,672
Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)
Stockholders' equity:
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; March 31, 2018 - 100,000 shares authorized, 27,331 shares issued; April 1, 2017 - 100,000 shares authorized, 26,575 shares issued	3	3
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 10,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding
Additional paid-in capital	148,127	142,184
Retained earnings	66,670	37,791
Less: Common stock held in treasury, at cost, 31 and 14 shares at March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017, respectively	(194)	(69)
Total stockholders' equity	214,606	179,909
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	$ 587,941	$ 565,581

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Parenthetical) - $ / shares	Mar. 31, 2018	Apr. 01, 2017
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
Common stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.0001	$ 0.0001
Common stock, shares authorized (in shares)	100,000,000	100,000,000
Common Stock, shares issued (in shares)	27,331,000	26,575,000
Preferred stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.0001	$ 0.0001
Preferred stock, shares authorized (in shares)	10,000,000	10,000,000
Preferred Stock, shares issued (in shares)	0	0
Preferred Stock, shares outstanding (in shares)	0	0
Common Stock, shares held in treasury (in shares)	31,000	14,000

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS - USD ($) shares in Thousands, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Apr. 01, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Net sales	$ 677,949	$ 629,816	$ 569,020
Cost of goods sold	470,034	439,930	396,317
Amortization of inventory fair value adjustment	0	0	(500)
Total cost of goods sold	470,034	439,930	395,817
Gross profit	207,915	189,886	173,203
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative expenses	161,660	152,068	142,078
Acquisition-related expenses			891
Total operating expenses	161,660	152,068	142,969
Income from operations	46,255	37,818	30,234
Interest expense, net	15,076	14,699	12,923
Income before income taxes	31,179	23,119	17,311
Income tax expense	2,300	8,922	7,443
Net income	$ 28,879	$ 14,197	$ 9,868
Earnings per share:
Basic shares (in dollars per share)	$ 1.08	$ 0.54	$ 0.38
Diluted shares (in dollars per share)	$ 1.05	$ 0.53	$ 0.37
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic shares	26,744	26,459	26,170
Diluted shares	27,528	26,939	26,955

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Common Stock	Additional Paid-In Capital	Retained Earnings	Treasury Shares	Total
Balance at Mar. 28, 2015	$ 3	$ 128,693	$ 13,726		$ 142,422
Balance (in shares) at Mar. 28, 2015	25,824,000
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity
Net income			9,868		9,868
Stock options exercised		2,698			2,698
Stock options exercised (in shares)	530,000
Shares forfeited, held in treasury stock				(4,000)
Excess tax benefit (deficiency) related to stock-based compensation		3,621			3,621
Stock-based compensation expense		2,881			2,881
Balance at Mar. 26, 2016	$ 3	137,893	23,594		161,490
Balance (in shares) at Mar. 26, 2016	26,354,000			(4,000)
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity
Net income			14,197		14,197
Issuance of common stock related to stock-based compensation		1,275			1,275
Issuance of common stock related to stock-based compensation (in shares)	221,000			(3,000)
Tax withholding for net share settlement				$ (69)	(69)
Tax withholding for net share settlement (in shares)				(7,000)
Excess tax benefit (deficiency) related to stock-based compensation		(7)			(7)
Stock-based compensation expense		3,023			3,023
Balance at Apr. 01, 2017	$ 3	142,184	37,791	$ (69)	$ 179,909
Balance (in shares) at Apr. 01, 2017	26,575,000			(14,000)	26,561,523
Increase (Decrease) in Stockholders' Equity
Net income			28,879		$ 28,879
Issuance of common stock related to stock-based compensation		3,695			3,695
Issuance of common stock related to stock-based compensation (in shares)	756,000			(4,000)
Tax withholding for net share settlement				$ (125)	(125)
Tax withholding for net share settlement (in shares)				(13,000)
Stock-based compensation expense		2,248			2,248
Balance at Mar. 31, 2018	$ 3	$ 148,127	$ 66,670	$ (194)	$ 214,606
Balance (in shares) at Mar. 31, 2018	27,331,000			(31,000)	27,299,688

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Apr. 01, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income	$ 28,879	$ 14,197	$ 9,868
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation	16,000	14,555	11,480
Stock-based compensation	2,248	3,023	2,881
Excess tax benefit			(3,621)
Amortization of intangible assets	1,128	2,155	2,536
Amortization and write-off of debt issuance fees and debt discount	1,199	1,145	2,274
Loss on disposal of property and equipment	252	367	463
Hurricane-related asset write-off	2,357
Store impairment charge	83	1,164	0
Accretion of above market leases	(2)	(36)	(72)
Deferred taxes	1,860	6,175	981
Amortization of inventory fair value adjustment	0	0	(500)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable, net	(35)	(223)	1,524
Inventories	(24,598)	(12,761)	(16,087)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	(3,281)	(3,805)	7,543
Other assets	(167)	5	(2,713)
Accounts payable	13,062	10,501	6,835
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities	3,977	(483)	5,068
Other liabilities	1,238	5,172	4,469
Net cash provided by operating activities	44,200	41,151	32,929
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of property and equipment	(24,418)	(22,293)	(36,127)
Hurricane-related insurance recoveries for property and equipment	865
Acquisition of business or assets, net of cash acquired		(1,305)	(146,541)
Net cash used in investing activities	(23,553)	(23,598)	(182,668)
Cash flows from financing activities
Borrowings/(payments) on line of credit - net	(12,268)	(15,541)	32,615
Proceeds from loan borrowings			200,938
Repayments on debt and capital lease obligations	(10,448)	(2,378)	(77,899)
Debt issuance fees paid	(520)		(6,487)
Tax withholding for net share settlement	(125)	(69)
Excess tax benefit from stock options			3,621
Proceeds from exercise of stock options	3,695	1,275	2,698
Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities	(19,666)	(16,713)	155,486
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents	981	840	5,747
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period	8,035	7,195	1,448
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	9,016	8,035	7,195
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid for income taxes	614	4,192	3,296
Cash paid for interest	13,743	13,646	10,333
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash activities:
Unpaid purchases of property and equipment	$ 1,315	$ 2,421	1,992
Equipment acquired through capital lease			$ 38

XML

Business Operations

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Business Operations

Business Operations

Boot Barn Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Business Operations

Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., formerly known as WW Top Investment Corporation (the “Company”) was formed on November 17, 2011, and is incorporated in the State of Delaware. The equity of the Company consists of 100,000,000 authorized shares and 27,299,688 and 26,561,523 outstanding shares of common stock as of March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017, respectively, with 7,021,771 and 13,435,387 shares of common stock held by Freeman Spogli & Co. as of March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017, respectively. The shares of common stock have voting rights of one vote per share.

The Company operates specialty retail stores that sell western and work boots and related apparel and accessories. The Company operates retail locations throughout the U.S. and sells its merchandise via the Internet. The Company operated a total of 226 stores in 31 states as of March 31, 2018, 219 stores in 31 states as of April 1, 2017 and 208 stores in 29 states as of March 26, 2016. As of the fiscal year ending March 31, 2018, all stores operate under the Boot Barn name, with the exception of two stores which operate under the “American Worker” name.

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The Company’s consolidated financial statements, prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”), include the accounts of the Company and each of its subsidiaries, including WW Holding Corporation, Boot Barn Holding Corporation, Boot Barn, Inc., RCC Western Stores, Inc. (“RCC”), Baskins Acquisition Holdings, LLC (“Baskins”), Sheplers Inc. and Sheplers Holding Corporation (collectively with Sheplers, Inc. “Sheplers”) and Boot Barn International (Hong Kong) Limited (“Hong Kong”). All intercompany accounts and transactions among the Company and its subsidiaries have been eliminated in consolidation.

Fiscal Year

The Company reports its results of operations and cash flows on a 52‑ or 53‑week basis, and its fiscal year ends on the last Saturday of March unless April 1st is a Saturday, in which case the fiscal year ends on April 1st. The year ended March 31, 2018 (“fiscal 2018”) consisted of 52 weeks. The years ended April 1, 2017 (“fiscal 2017”) and March 26, 2016 (“fiscal 2016”) consisted of 53 and 52 weeks, respectively. 

Comprehensive Income

The Company does not have any components of other comprehensive income recorded within its consolidated financial statements and, therefore, does not separately present a statement of comprehensive income in its consolidated financial statements.

Segment Reporting

GAAP has established guidance for reporting information about a company’s operating segments, including disclosures related to a company’s products and services, geographic areas and major customers. The Company operates in a single operating segment, which includes net sales generated from its retail stores and e‑commerce websites. The vast majority of the Company’s identifiable assets are in the U.S.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Among the significant estimates affecting the Company’s consolidated financial statements are those relating to revenue recognition, inventories, goodwill, intangible and long‑lived assets, stock‑based compensation and income taxes. Management regularly evaluates its estimates and assumptions based upon historical experience and various other factors that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. To the extent actual results differ from those estimates, the Company’s future results of operations may be affected.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents also include receivables from credit card sales. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents represent their fair values.

Accounts Receivable

The Company’s accounts receivable consists of amounts due from commercial customers for merchandise sold, as well as receivables from suppliers under co‑operative arrangements. The Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts was less than $0.1 million for both the fiscal years ending March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017.

Inventories

Inventory consists primarily of purchased merchandise and is valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined on a first‑in, first‑out basis and includes the cost of merchandise and import related costs, including freight, duty and agent commissions. The Company assesses the recoverability of inventory through a periodic review of historical usage and present demand. When the inventory on hand exceeds the foreseeable demand, the value of inventory that, at the time of the review, is not expected to be sold is written down to its estimated net realizable value.

The Company recorded fair value adjustments to reflect the acquired cost of inventory related to its acquisitions of Baskins and Sheplers. These amounts were amortized over the period that the related inventory was sold. Amortization of the acquired cost of inventory was zero for both fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017, and $0.5 million for fiscal 2016.

Debt Issuance Costs and Debt Discounts

Debt issuance costs are capitalized and amortized to interest expense over the terms of the applicable loan agreements using the effective interest method. Those costs related to the issuance of debt are presented as a reduction to the principal amount of the debt. Debt issuance costs incurred with the issuance of revolving credit lines are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets.

Debt discounts arise when transaction fees are paid to the lending institution. Debt discounts are recorded as a reduction to the principal amount of the debt. Amortization of debt discounts is recorded as an increase to the net principal amount of the debt and as a charge to interest expense over the term of the applicable loan agreement using the effective interest method.

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment consists of leasehold improvements, machinery and equipment, furniture and fixtures, software and vehicles. Property and equipment is subject to depreciation and is recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Expenditures for major remodels and improvements are capitalized while minor replacements, maintenance and repairs that do not improve or extend the life of such assets are charged to expense. Gains or losses on disposal of fixed assets, when applicable, are reflected in operations. Depreciation is computed using the straight‑line method over the estimated useful lives, ranging from five to ten years. Machinery and equipment is depreciated over five years. Furniture and fixtures are depreciated over seven years. Software and vehicles are depreciated over five years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the terms of the leases or ten years.

Goodwill and Indefinite‑Lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill is recorded as the difference between the aggregate consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair value of the acquired net tangible and intangible assets. Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually as of the first day of the fourth fiscal quarter or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist, in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 350, Goodwill and Other. This guidance provides the option to first assess qualitative factors such as macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, overall financial performance and other relevant entity-specific events to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value (a “Step 0” analysis). If, based on a review of qualitative factors it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, the Company performs “Step 1” of the traditional two-step goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount.

If the Company proceeds to conduct a two‑step goodwill impairment test, the first step of the impairment test involves comparing the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying value. Management evaluates the fair value of the reporting unit using a market‑based analysis to review market capitalization as well as reviewing a discounted cash flow analysis using management’s assumptions. The Company’s entire operations represent one reporting unit. The Company determines the fair value of its reporting unit using the income approach and market approach to valuation, as well as other generally accepted valuation methodologies. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, the Company performs the second step of the goodwill impairment test, which involves comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to the carrying value of that goodwill. The amount by which the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, if any, will be recognized as an impairment loss. The Company concluded that there was no impairment of goodwill during fiscal 2018, 2017, or 2016.

Intangible assets with indefinite lives, which include the Boot Barn, Sheplers and Country Outfitter trademarks, are not amortized but instead are measured for impairment at least annually, or when events indicate that impairment may exist. The Company calculates impairment as the excess of the carrying value of indefinite‑lived intangible assets over their estimated fair value. If the carrying value exceeds the estimate of fair value, an impairment charge is recorded. The Company concluded there was no impairment of intangible assets with indefinite lives during fiscal 2018, 2017 or 2016.

Definite‑Lived Intangible Assets

Definite‑lived intangible assets consist of certain trademarks, customer lists, non‑compete agreements, and below‑market leases. Definite‑lived intangible assets are amortized utilizing the straight‑line method over the assets’ estimated useful lives, with the exception of customer lists, which are amortized based on the estimated attrition rate. The period of amortization for customer lists is three to five years, non‑compete agreements is four to five years and below‑market leases is four to 19 years.

Long‑Lived Assets

Long‑lived assets consist of property and equipment and definite‑lived intangible assets. The Company assesses potential impairment of its long‑lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that an asset or asset group’s carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that are considered important that could trigger an impairment review include a current period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses and a projection or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses or insufficient income associated with the use of a long‑lived asset or asset group. Other factors include a significant change in the manner of the use of the asset or a significant negative industry or economic trend. This evaluation is performed based on estimated undiscounted future cash flows from operating activities compared with the carrying value of the related assets. If the undiscounted future cash flows are less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized, measured by the difference between the carrying value, and the estimated fair value of the assets, with such estimated fair values determined using the best information available and in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements. During Fiscal 2018, the Company recorded an asset impairment charge of less than $0.1 million related to two of its stores. During fiscal 2017, the Company recorded an asset impairment charge of $1.2 million related to three of its stores. Long-lived assets held and used with a carrying value of $1.5 million were written down to their fair value of $0.3 million, resulting in an asset impairment charge of $1.2 million. The fair values of these locations were calculated based on the projected discounted cash flows at a similar rate that would be used by market participants in valuing these assets or prices of similar assets. There were no impairments of long‑lived assets during fiscal 2016.

Stock‑Based Compensation

Stock‑based compensation is accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”). The Company accounts for all stock‑based compensation transactions using a fair‑value method and recognizes the fair value of each award as an expense over the service period. The Company estimates the fair value of stock options granted using the Black‑Scholes option‑pricing model. The use of the Black‑Scholes model requires a number of estimates, including the expected option term, the expected volatility in the price of the Company’s common stock, the risk‑free rate of interest and the dividend yield on the Company’s common stock. Judgment is required in estimating the number of share‑based awards that the Company expects will ultimately vest upon the fulfillment of service conditions (such as time‑based vesting). The fair value of the Company’s restricted stock awards and restricted stock units is the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the grant date. The consolidated financial statements include amounts that are based on the Company’s best estimates and judgments. The Company classifies compensation expense related to these awards in the consolidated statements of operations based on the department to which the recipient reports.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recorded for store sales upon the purchase of merchandise by customers. E‑commerce sales are recorded when the customer takes title of the merchandise and assumes risk of loss, collection of the relevant receivable is reasonably assured, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists and the sales price is fixed or determinable, which generally occurs upon delivery of the product. Shipping and handling revenues are included in total net sales. Shipping costs incurred by the Company are included as cost of goods sold.

Revenue is recorded net of estimated and actual sales returns and deductions for coupon redemptions, estimated future award redemption and other promotions. The sales return reserve reflects an estimate of sales returns based on projected merchandise returns determined through the use of historical average return percentages. The total reserve for returns was $1.6 million, $1.5 million, and $1.3 million as of fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively and is recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The following table provides a reconciliation of the activity related to the Company’s sales returns reserve:

Sales Returns Reserve	Fiscal Year Ended
	March 31,		April 1,		March 26,
(In thousands)	2018		2017		2016
Beginning balance	$	1,544	$	1,319	$	687
Provisions		35,189		30,624		29,597
Sales returns		(35,146)		(30,399)		(28,965)
Ending balance	$	1,587	$	1,544	$	1,319

The Company maintains a customer loyalty program. Under the program, customers accumulate points based on purchase activity. For customers to maintain their active point balance, they must make a qualifying purchase of merchandise at least once in a 365‑day period. Once a loyalty program member achieves a certain point level, the member earns awards that may be redeemed for credits on merchandise purchases. To redeem awards, the member must make a qualifying purchase of merchandise within 60 days of the date the award was granted. Unredeemed awards and accumulated partial points are accrued as unearned revenue and as an adjustment to net sales. The unearned revenue for this program is recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets and was $1.7 million and $2.1 million as of March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017, respectively. The following table provides a reconciliation of the activity related to the Company’s customer loyalty program:

Customer Loyalty Program	Fiscal Year Ended
	March 31,		April 1,		March 26,
(In thousands)	2018		2017		2016
Beginning balance	$	2,060	$	1,975	$	1,971
Current year provisions		4,877		6,782		5,718
Current year award redemptions		(5,232)		(6,697)		(5,714)
Ending balance	$	1,705	$	2,060	$	1,975

Proceeds from the sale of gift cards are deferred until the customers use the cards to acquire merchandise. Gift cards, gift certificates and store credits do not have expiration dates, and unredeemed gift cards, gift certificates and store credits are subject to state escheatment laws. The Company retains the percentage of the value of such unredeemed gift cards, gift certificates and store credits not escheated, and recognizes these amounts in net sales. The Company defers recognition of a layaway sale and its related profit to the accounting period when the customer receives the layaway merchandise. Income from the redemption of gift cards, gift card breakage, and the sale of layaway merchandise is included in net sales.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold includes the cost of merchandise, obsolescence and shrink provisions, store and warehouse occupancy costs (including rent, depreciation and utilities), inbound and outbound freight, supplier allowances, occupancy‑related taxes, compensation costs for merchandise purchasing and warehouse personnel and other inventory acquisition‑related costs.

Store Opening Costs

Store opening costs consist of costs incurred prior to opening a new store and primarily consist of manager and other employee payroll, travel and training costs, marketing expenses, initial opening supplies and costs of transporting initial inventory and certain fixtures to store locations, as well as occupancy costs incurred from the time that we take possession of a store site to the opening of that store. Occupancy costs are included in cost of goods sold and the other store opening costs are included in selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses. All of these costs are expensed as incurred.

Advertising Costs

Certain advertising costs, including pay-per-click, direct mail, television and radio promotions, event sponsorship, in‑store photographs and other promotional advertising are expensed when the marketing campaign commences. The Company had prepaid advertising costs of $0.8 million and $0.4 million as of March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017, respectively. All other advertising costs are expensed as incurred. The Company recognized $25.5 million, $24.7 million, and $22.0 million in advertising costs during fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

Leases

The Company recognizes rent expense for operating leases on a straight‑line basis (including the effect of reduced or free rent and rent escalations) over the lease term. The difference between the cash paid to the landlord and the amount recognized as rent expense on a straight‑line basis is recognized as an adjustment to deferred rent in the consolidated balance sheets. Cash reimbursements received from landlords for leasehold improvements and other cash payments received from landlords as lease incentives are recorded as deferred rent and are amortized using the straight‑line method over the lease term as an offset to rent expense. Contingent rent, determined based on a percentage of sales in excess of specified levels, is recognized as rent expense when the achievement of the specified sales that triggers the contingent rent is probable.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”), which requires the asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting of income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to differences between financial statement and income tax reporting. Deferred tax assets, net of any valuation allowances, represent the future tax return consequences of those differences and for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards, which will be deductible when the assets are recovered. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if it is deemed more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, we consider whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. We consider the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements. It prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. ASC 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. Such changes in recognition or measurement might result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision in the period.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the income tax expense line in the consolidated statements of operations. Accrued interest and penalties, if incurred, are included within accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. There were no accrued interest or penalties for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2018 or April 1, 2017. 

Per Share Information

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of outstanding shares of common stock. In computing diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of common shares outstanding is adjusted to reflect the effect of potentially dilutive securities such as stock options. In accordance with ASC 718, the Company utilizes the treasury stock method to compute the dilutive effect of stock options, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units.

Fair Value of Certain Financial Assets and Liabilities

The Company follows FASB ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, (“ASC 820”) which requires disclosure of the estimated fair value of certain assets and liabilities defined by the guidance as financial instruments. The Company’s financial instruments consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and debt. ASC 820 defines the fair value of financial instruments as the price that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. ASC 820 establishes a three‑level hierarchy for disclosure that is based on the extent and level of judgment used to estimate the fair value of assets and liabilities.

· Level 1 uses unadjusted quoted prices that are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. The Company’s Level 1 assets include investments in money market funds.

· Level 2 uses inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable through correlation with market data. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; and inputs to valuation models or other pricing methodologies that do not require significant judgment because the inputs used in the model, such as interest rates and volatility, can be corroborated by readily observable market data.

· Level 3 uses one or more significant inputs that are unobservable and supported by little or no market activity, and reflect the use of significant management judgment. Level 3 assets and liabilities include those whose fair value measurements are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar valuation techniques and significant management judgment or estimation. The Company’s Level 3 assets include certain acquired businesses.

Cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable are classified according to the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. As a result, the asset or liability could be classified as Level 2 or Level 3 even though there may be certain significant inputs that are readily observable. The Company believes that the recorded values of its financial instruments approximate their current fair values because of their nature and respective relatively short maturity dates or duration.

Although market quotes for the fair value of the outstanding debt arrangements discussed in Note 8 “Revolving credit facilities and long‑term debt” are not readily available, the Company believes its carrying value approximates fair value due to the variable interest rates, which are Level 2 inputs. There were no financial assets or liabilities requiring fair value measurements as of March 31, 2018 on a recurring basis.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents. At times, such amounts held at banks may be in excess of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits, and the Company mitigates such risk by utilizing multiple banks.

Supplier Concentration Risk

The Company purchases merchandise inventories from several hundred suppliers worldwide. Sales of products from the Company’s three largest suppliers totaled approximately 40% of net sales in fiscal 2018, and approximately 38% of net sales in fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016.

Hurricane-Related Insurance Claims

During fiscal 2018, as a result of Hurricane Harvey, $3.2 million of inventory and property, plant and equipment at certain Houston-area stores were damaged and written off. These assets were insured at the time of the loss. The Company also incurred $0.3 million of repairs and maintenance expense during fiscal 2018 as a result of Hurricane Harvey. The Company received cash insurance proceeds of $5.1 million as of March 31, 2018, which includes $0.1 million of business interruption cash insurance proceeds. The charges and recoveries are recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses, resulting in a net gain of $1.6 million during fiscal 2018.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) jointly issued a new revenue recognition standard, ASU No. 2014‑09, Revenue From Contracts with Customers, that will supersede nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP. The revenue recognition standard will allow for the recognition of revenue when a company transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The standard permits the use of either a full retrospective or retrospective with cumulative effect transition method. On August 8, 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, which deferred the effective date of ASU No. 2014-09 by one year, and permits early adoption as long as the adoption date is not before the original public entity effective date. The standard is effective for public entities for annual periods, and interim periods within that year, beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company’s revenues are primarily generated from the sale of finished products to customers. Those sales predominantly contain a single delivery element and revenue for such sales is recognized when the customer obtains control. The Company has completed its assessment of the impact of the revised standard and does not expect it to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements. The Company will use the modified retrospective transition approach upon adoption in the first quarter of fiscal 2019.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The FASB issued this ASU to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by requiring lessees to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet for those leases classified as operating leases under current U.S. GAAP and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual periods, and interim periods within that year, beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements. The Company currently expects that most of its operating lease commitments will be subject to the new standard and recognized as operating lease liabilities and right-of-use assets upon adoption. Therefore, the Company expects this adoption will result in a material increase in the assets and liabilities on its consolidated balance sheets. Enhanced disclosures will also be required to give financial statement users the ability to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The Company plans to adopt the standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2020 and is currently continuing its assessment, which may identify other impacts the revised standard will have on the consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. ASU No. 2016-09 simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. For public entities, ASU No. 2016-09 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted ASU No. 2016-09 beginning April 2, 2017, the first day of fiscal 2018. Upon adoption, the Company began to recognize, on a prospective basis, all excess tax benefits and deficiencies as income tax benefit or expense, respectively, in its Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations. This resulted in the recognition of less than $0.1 million of additional income tax expense associated with net tax deficiencies for awards that were exercised or vested during the thirteen weeks ended July 1, 2017, the period of adoption. Additionally, as of April 2, 2017, excess tax benefits are classified as an operating activity along with deferred tax cash flows in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The Company elected to adopt such presentation on a prospective basis. Cash paid by the Company to tax authorities when directly withholding shares for tax withholding purposes will continue to be classified as a financing activity in the consolidated statements of cash flows. Stock-based compensation expense will no longer reflect estimated forfeitures of share-based awards and forfeitures will instead be recorded as they occur. In evaluating the impact of this change, the adjustment to adopt on a modified retrospective basis was immaterial, therefore no adjustment was made to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period presented. Lastly, excess tax benefits are now excluded from assumed future proceeds in the Company’s calculation of diluted shares for purposes of determining diluted earnings per share. This change had an immaterial impact on the Company’s weighted average diluted shares outstanding for the thirteen weeks ended July 1, 2017, the period of adoption.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other: Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which simplifies the accounting for goodwill impairment by eliminating step two from the goodwill impairment test. Under this new guidance, if the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment charge shall be recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The amendments in this ASU are effective prospectively for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The Company plans to adopt the standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2021 and does not expect the revised standard to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

On December 22, 2017, the SEC issued guidance under Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“SAB 118”), allowing taxpayers to record a reasonable estimate of the impact of the U.S. legislation when it does not have the necessary information available, prepared or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete its accounting for the change in tax law. In March 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-05, Income Taxes (Topic 740),Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118. This Accounting Standards Update adds various SEC paragraphs pursuant to the issuance of SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 as amendments to Subtopic 740-10. In accordance with SAB 118, the Company has recorded estimated tax benefit associated with the impacts of the Tax Act (see Note 13: Income Taxes, for additional information).

XML

Asset Acquisitions and Business Combination

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Asset Acquisitions and Business Combination

Asset Acquisitions and Business Combination

3. Asset Acquisitions and Business Combination

Wood’s BootsAsset Acquisition

On September 11, 2017, Boot Barn, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, completed the acquisition of assets from Wood’s Boots, a four-store family-owned retailer with stores in Midland and Odessa, Texas. As part of the transaction, Boot Barn, Inc. purchased the inventory, entered into new leases with the stores’ landlord, offered employment to the Wood’s Boots team at all four store locations and assumed certain customer credits. The cash consideration paid was $2.7 million.

In allocating the purchase price, the Company recorded all assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value. As the acquisition did not meet the definition of a business combination under FASB ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations, the Company accounted for the transaction as an asset acquisition. In an asset acquisition, goodwill is not recognized, but rather any excess consideration transferred over the fair value of the net assets acquired is allocated on a relative fair value basis to the identifiable net assets. 

The Company determined the estimated fair values using Level 3 inputs after review and consideration of relevant information, including quoted market prices and estimates made by management. The inventory was valued using the comparative sales method. Based on the fair value analysis of the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the inventory was valued at $2.8 million, and the customer credits were valued at less than $0.1 million.

Country Outfitter Asset Acquisition

On February 16, 2017, Sheplers Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Boot Barn Holdings, Inc., entered into an asset purchase agreement with Acumen Brands, Inc., who owned and historically operated as one of its unincorporated business divisions a multi-faceted e-commerce retail business under the “Country Outfitter” name. As a result of the asset purchase agreement, Sheplers Inc. purchased the rights and interest in the www.countryoutfitter.com website and social media accounts along with a customer email list (collectively the “Country Outfitter Asset Acquisition”). The cash consideration paid for the Country Outfitter Asset Acquisition was $1.3 million.

In allocating the purchase price, the Company recorded all assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value. As the acquisition did not meet the definition of a business combination under ASC 805, the Company accounted for the transaction as an asset acquisition. In an asset acquisition, goodwill is not recognized, but rather any excess consideration transferred over the fair value of the net assets acquired is allocated on a relative fair value basis to the identifiable net assets.

The Company determined the estimated fair values using Level 3 inputs after review and consideration of relevant information, including discounted cash flows, quoted market prices and estimates made by management. The trade name was valued using the relief from royalty method, the customer list was valued using the cost approach, and the merchandise credits were valued using the cost build-up approach. The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date based on the purchase price allocation:

	At February 16, 2017
	(in thousands)
Assets acquired:
Intangible - trade name	$	1,300
Intangible - customer list		506
Total assets acquired	$	1,806
Liabilities assumed:
Other liability - merchandise credits	$	501
Total liabilities assumed		501
Net Assets acquired	$	1,305

The acquired trade name is an indefinite-lived intangible asset. The period of amortization for the acquired customer list is based on the estimated attrition rate of three years, consistent with the valuation of the Company’s other customer list intangible assets.

Business Combination

Sheplers Acquisition

On June 29, 2015, the Company completed the acquisition of Sheplers, a western lifestyle company with 25 retail locations across the United States and an e-commerce business, for a purchase price of $147.0 million (which included assumption of certain indebtedness), subject to customary adjustments (the “Sheplers Acquisition”). The primary reason for the Sheplers Acquisition was to expand the Company’s retail operations into new and existing markets and grow the Company’s e-commerce business.

The Company funded the Sheplers Acquisition by refinancing approximately $172.0 million of its and Sheplers’ existing indebtedness in part with an initial borrowing of $57.0 million under a $125.0 million syndicated senior secured asset-based revolving credit facility for which Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver”), is agent, and a $200.0 million syndicated senior secured term loan for which GCI Capital Markets LLC (“2015 Golub Term Loan”) is agent. Borrowings under the credit agreements were initially used to pay costs and expenses related to the Sheplers Acquisition and the closing of the credit agreements, and may be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

The acquisition-date fair value of the consideration transferred totaled $149.3 million, which consisted of $147.0 million in cash and $2.3 million of a working capital adjustment, cash acquired and other adjustments. The total fair value of consideration transferred for the acquisition was allocated to the net tangible and intangible assets based upon their estimated fair values as of the date of the acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the net tangible and intangible assets was recorded as goodwill. The goodwill and intangibles assets are not deductible for income tax purposes. Such estimated fair values require management to make estimates and judgments, especially with respect to intangible assets.

The fair value of each intangible and fixed asset acquired through the Sheplers Acquisition was measured in accordance with ASC 820. Customer lists, furniture, fixtures, office equipment, leasehold improvements, computer equipment and warehouse equipment were all valued using the cost approach. The trade name was valued under the royalty savings income approach method and inventory was valued under the comparative sales method. All operating leases, below-market leases, capital leases and financing obligations were valued under either the cost or income approach. Such fair values were determined using Level 3 inputs.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date based on the purchase price allocation:

	At June 29, 2015
	(in thousands)
Assets acquired:
Cash	$	2,762
Accounts receivable		1,792
Inventory		30,436
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		17,711
Property and equipment		10,744
Properties under capital lease and financing transactions		10,528
Intangible - below-market leases		500
Intangible - trade name		9,200
Intangible - customer lists		488
Goodwill		99,998
Other assets		128
Total assets acquired	$	184,287
Liabilities assumed:
Accounts payable	$	14,554
Accrued liabilities and other payables		5,065
Accrued customer liabilities		1,318
Deferred tax liability		1,226
Capital lease and financing transactions		8,853
Other liabilities		3,968
Total liabilities assumed		34,984
Net Assets acquired	$	149,303

The Company incurred $0.9 million of acquisition‑related costs in fiscal 2016 related to the acquisition of Sheplers, which are recorded in “Acquisition-related expenses” in the consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal year ending March 26, 2016.

The amount of net revenue and net loss of Sheplers included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations subsequent to the June 29, 2015 acquisition date was as follows:

	Fiscal Year Ended
	March 26, 2016
	(in thousands)
Net sales	$	126,877
Net loss	$	(6,082)

Supplemental As Adjusted Data (Unaudited)

The as adjusted net sales and net income below give effect to the Sheplers Acquisition as if it had been consummated on March 30, 2014, the first day of the Company’s 2015 fiscal year. These amounts have been calculated after applying the Company’s accounting policies and adjusting the results of Sheplers to reflect the effects of amortization of purchased intangible assets and acquired inventory valuation step-down, refinanced debt and capital lease and financing transactions as of March 30, 2014 in order to complete the acquisition, and income tax expense. The adjustments are based upon currently available information and certain assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable under the circumstances. Pre-acquisition net sales and net income numbers for Sheplers are derived from their books and records prepared prior to the acquisition and are not verified by the Company. This as adjusted data is presented for informational purposes only and does not purport to be indicative of the results of future operations or of the results that would have occurred had the acquisition taken place as of the date noted above.

	Fiscal Year Ended
	March 26,
	2016
(in thousands)
As adjusted net sales	$	601,952
As adjusted net income	$	6,449

The carrying amount of goodwill was $193.1 million as of fiscal 2018, fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016.  

XML

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

4. Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

	March 31,		April 1,
	2018		2017
Prepaid rent and property taxes	$	3,778	$	3,350
Prepaid advertising		849		396
Prepaid insurance		1,024		1,051
Deferred taxes		—		9,790
Income tax receivable		5,834		5,677
Debt issuance costs		514		572
Other		4,251		1,982
Total prepaid expenses and other current assets	$	16,250	$	22,818

XML

Property and Equipment, Net

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and Equipment, Net

5. Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net, consisted of the following (in thousands):

	March 31,		April 1,
	2018		2017
Land	$	2,530	$	2,530
Buildings		7,998		7,998
Leasehold improvements		55,885		50,240
Machinery and equipment		26,411		19,101
Furniture and fixtures		47,103		36,948
Construction in progress		1,954		3,418
Vehicles		1,201		941
		143,082		121,176
Less: Accumulated depreciation		(53,874)		(38,465)
Property and equipment, net	$	89,208	$	82,711

Depreciation expense was $16.0 million, $14.6 million, and $11.5 million for fiscal years 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. Amortization related to assets under capital leases is included in the above depreciation expense (see Note 11 “Leases”).

XML

Intangible Assets, Net

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Intangible Assets, Net

Intangible Assets, Net

6. Intangible Assets, Net

Net intangible assets consisted of the following:

	March 31, 2018
	Gross						Weighted
	Carrying		Accumulated				Average
	Amount		Amortization		Net		Useful Life
	(in thousands, except for weighted average useful life)
Customer lists	$	1,594	$	(1,287)	$	307	3.8
Below-market leases		4,918		(2,519)		2,399	11.6
Total definite lived		6,512		(3,806)		2,706
Trademarks—indefinite lived		60,677		—		60,677
Total intangible assets	$	67,189	$	(3,806)	$	63,383

	April 1, 2017
	Gross						Weighted
	Carrying		Accumulated				Average
	Amount		Amortization		Net		Useful Life
	(in thousands, except for weighted average useful life)
Customer lists	$	4,694	$	(3,810)	$	884	4.6
Non-compete agreements		990		(915)		75	4.8
Below-market leases		4,918		(2,043)		2,875	11.6
Total definite lived		10,602		(6,768)		3,834
Trademarks—indefinite lived		60,677		—		60,677
Total intangible assets	$	71,279	$	(6,768)	$	64,511

Amortization expense for intangible assets totaled $1.1 million, $2.2 million, and $2.5 million for fiscal 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively, and is included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

As of March 31, 2018, estimated future amortization of intangible assets was as follows:

Fiscal year	(in thousands)
2019	$	624
2020		477
2021		308
2022		215
2023		184
Thereafter		898
Total	$	2,706

XML

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

7. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

	March 31,		April 1,
	2018		2017
Accrued compensation	$	10,773	$	6,530
Deferred revenue		9,528		8,038
Sales tax liability		5,479		5,304
Accrued interest		192		35
Sales reward redemption liability		1,705		2,060
Capital leases-short term		521		447
Other		11,836		13,569
Total accrued expenses	$	40,034	$	35,983

XML

Revolving Credit Facilities and Long-Term Debt

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Revolving Credit Facilities and Long-Term Debt

Revolving Credit Facilities and Long-Term Debt

8. Revolving Credit Facilities and Long-Term Debt

On June 29, 2015, the Company, as guarantor, and its wholly-owned primary operating subsidiary, Boot Barn, Inc., refinanced the $150.0 million credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“February 2015 Wells Fargo Credit Facility”) with the $125.0 million June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the $200.0 million 2015 Golub Term Loan. The borrowing base of the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver is calculated on a monthly basis and is based on the amount of eligible credit card receivables, commercial accounts, inventory, and available reserves. Borrowings under the credit agreements were initially used to pay costs and expenses related to the Sheplers Acquisition and the closing of such credit agreements, and may be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

Borrowings under the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver bear interest at per annum rates equal to, at the Company’s option, either (i) London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus an applicable margin for LIBOR loans, or (ii) the base rate plus an applicable margin for base rate loans. The base rate is calculated as the highest of (a) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, (b) the Wells Fargo prime rate and (c) one-month LIBOR plus 1.0%. The applicable margin is calculated based on a pricing grid that in each case is linked to quarterly average excess availability. For LIBOR Loans, the applicable margin ranges from 1.00% to 1.25%, and for base rate loans it ranges from 0.00% to 0.25%. The Company also pays a commitment fee of 0.25% per annum of the actual daily amount of the unutilized revolving loans. The interest on the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver is payable in quarterly installments ending on June 29, 2020, the maturity date as of April 1, 2017. On May 26, 2017, the Company entered into an amendment to the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver (the “2017 Wells Amendment”), increasing the aggregate revolving credit facility to $135.0 million and extending the maturity date to the earlier of May 26, 2022 or 90 days prior to the maturity of the 2015 Golub Term Loan, which is currently scheduled to mature on June 29, 2021. The amount outstanding under the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver as of March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017 was $21.0 million and $33.3 million, respectively. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 on the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver was $1.9 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 was 2.5%. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended April 1, 2017 on the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver was $1.5 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended April 1, 2017 was 1.9%. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended March 26, 2016 on the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver was $0.9 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 26, 2016 was 1.7%.

Borrowings under the 2015 Golub Term Loan bear interest at per annum rates equal to, at the Company’s option, either (a) LIBOR plus an applicable margin for LIBOR loans with a LIBOR floor of 1.0%, or (b) the base rate plus an applicable margin for base rate loans. The base rate is calculated as the greater of (i) the higher of (x) the prime rate and (y) the federal funds rate plus 0.5% and (ii) the sum of one-month LIBOR plus 1.0%. The applicable margin is 4.5% for LIBOR Loans and 3.5% for base rate loans. The principal and interest on the 2015 Golub Term Loan is payable in quarterly installments ending on the maturity date of the term loan, June 29, 2021. Quarterly principal payments of $500,000 are due each quarter. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 on the 2015 Golub Term Loan was $11.2 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 was 5.9%. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended April 1, 2017 on the 2015 Golub Term Loan was $11.2 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended April 1, 2017 was 5.5%. Total interest expense incurred in the fiscal year ended March 26, 2016 on the 2015 Golub Term Loan was $8.3 million, and the weighted average interest rate for the fiscal year ended March 26, 2016 was 5.5%.

All obligations under each of the 2015 Golub Term Loan and the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver are unconditionally guaranteed by the Company and each of its direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries (other than certain immaterial subsidiaries) which are not named as borrowers under the 2015 Golub Term Loan or the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver, as applicable.

The priority with respect to collateral under each of the 2015 Golub Term Loan and the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver is subject to the terms of an intercreditor agreement among the lenders under the 2015 Golub Term Loan and the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver.

Each of the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and the 2015 Golub Term Loan contains customary provisions relating to mandatory prepayments, restricted payments, voluntary payments, affirmative and negative covenants, and events of default. In addition, the terms of the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver require the Company to maintain, on a consolidated basis, a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 1.00:1.00 during such times as a covenant trigger event shall exist. On May 26, 2017, the Company entered into an amendment to the 2015 Golub Term Loan (the “2017 Golub Amendment”). The 2017 Golub Amendment changed the maximum Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio requirements to 4.50:1.00 as of March 31, 2018, stepping down to 4.00:1.00 as of December 29, 2018 and for all subsequent periods. The June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and 2015 Golub Term Loan also require the Company to pay additional interest of 2.0% per annum upon triggering certain specified events of default set forth therein. For financial accounting purposes, the requirement for the Company to pay a higher interest rate upon an event of default is an embedded derivative. As of March 31, 2018, the fair value of these embedded derivatives was estimated and was not significant.

Debt Issuance Costs and Debt Discount

The Company paid $1.4 million of transaction fees in connection with the February 2015 Wells Fargo Credit Facility. These transaction fees were paid to both Wells Fargo and other advisors via a reduction in the proceeds from the February 2015 Wells Fargo Credit Facility and were accounted for as debt issuance costs and a debt discount at March 26, 2016. On June 29, 2015, the note payable was repaid when the new financing was obtained, and the $1.4 million remaining debt issuance costs and debt discounts were written off to interest expense.

Debt issuance costs totaling $1.0 million were incurred under the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and 2017 Wells Amendment and are included as assets on the consolidated balance sheets in prepaid expenses and other current assets. Total unamortized debt issuance costs were $0.5 million and $0.6 million as of March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017, respectively. These amounts are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver.

Debt issuance costs and debt discount totaling $6.0 million were incurred under the 2015 Golub Term Loan and 2017 Golub Amendment and are included as a reduction of the current and non-current note payable on the consolidated balance sheets. Total unamortized debt issuance costs and debt discount were $3.3 million and $3.9 million as of March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017, respectively. These amounts are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the 2015 Golub Term Loan.

The following sets forth the balance sheet information related to the term loan:

	March 31,			April 1,
	2018			2017
(in thousands)
Term Loan	$	186,500		$	196,500
Unamortized value of the debt issuance costs and debt discount		(3,300)			(3,921)
Net carrying value	$	183,200		$	192,579

Total amortization expense of $1.2 million and $1.1 million related to the June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver and 2015 Golub Term Loan is included as a component of interest expense in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017, respectively. 

$150 Million Credit Facility (Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.)

On February 23, 2015, the Company and Boot Barn, Inc., the Company’s wholly-owned primary operating subsidiary, entered into the February 2015 Wells Fargo Credit Facility, which consisted of a $75.0 million revolving credit facility, including a $5.0 million sub-limit for letters of credit, and a $75.0 million term loan, and also provided the Company with the ability to incur additional incremental term loans of up to $50.0 million, provided that certain conditions were met, including compliance with certain covenants. On June 29, 2015, the Company repaid all outstanding borrowings under the February 2015 Wells Fargo Credit Facility and terminated such facility in connection with the refinancing discussed above.

Total interest expense incurred in fiscal 2016 on the February 2015 Wells Fargo Credit Facility was $0.8 million.

Aggregate contractual maturities

Aggregate contractual maturities for the Company’s long-term debt as of March 31, 2018 are as follows:

Fiscal Year		(in thousands)
2019	$	—
2020		—
2021		—
2022		186,500
2023		—
Total	$	186,500

XML

Stock-Based Compensation

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-Based Compensation

9. Stock-Based Compensation

Equity Incentive Plans

On January 27, 2012, the Company approved the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2011 Plan”). The 2011 Plan authorized the Company to issue options to employees, consultants and directors exercisable for up to a total of 3,750,000 shares of common stock. As of March 31, 2018, all awards granted by the Company under the 2011 Plan have been nonqualified stock options. Options granted under the 2011 Plan have a life of 10 years and vest over service periods of five years or in connection with certain events as defined by the 2011 Plan.

On October 19, 2014, the Company approved the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which was amended as of August 24, 2016 (as amended, the “2014 Plan”). The 2014 Plan authorizes the Company to issue awards to employees, consultants and directors for up to a total of 3,600,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share. As of March 31, 2018, all awards granted by the Company under the 2014 Plan to date have been nonqualified stock options, restricted stock awards or restricted stock units. Options granted under the 2014 Plan have a life of eight years and vest over service periods of five years or in connection with certain events as defined by the 2014 Plan. Restricted stock awards granted vest over one or four years, as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. Restricted stock units vest over service periods of one or five years, as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.

Stock Options

During fiscal 2018, the Company granted certain members of management options to purchase a total of 448,792 shares under the 2014 Plan. The total grant date fair value of stock options granted during fiscal 2018 was $1.2 million, with grant date fair values ranging from $2.11 to $6.97 per share. The Company is recognizing the expense relating to these stock options on a straight-line basis over the five-year service period of the awards. The exercise prices of these awards range between $6.15 and $18.66 per share.

During fiscal 2017, the Company granted certain members of management options to purchase a total of 560,892 shares under the 2014 Plan. The total grant date fair value of stock options granted during fiscal 2017 was $1.5 million, with grant date fair values ranging from $2.50 to $2.95 per share. The Company is recognizing the expense relating to these stock options on a straight-line basis over the five-year service period of the awards. The exercise prices of these awards range between $7.11 and $8.38 per share.

During fiscal 2016, the Company granted certain members of management options to purchase a total of 294,153 shares under the 2014 Plan. The total grant date fair value of stock options granted during fiscal 2016 was $2.7 million, with grant date fair values ranging from $7.48 to $11.52 per share. The Company is recognizing the expense relating to these stock options on a straight-line basis over the five-year service period of the awards. The exercise prices of these awards range between $22.31 and $32.02 per share.

The stock option awards discussed above were measured at fair value on the grant date using the Black‑Scholes option valuation model. Key input assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock options include the exercise price of the award, the expected option term, expected volatility of the Company’s stock price over the option’s expected term, the risk‑free interest rate over the option’s expected term and the Company’s expected annual dividend yield, if any. The Company will issue shares of common stock when the options are exercised.

The fair values of stock options granted in fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 were estimated on the grant dates using the following assumptions:

	Fiscal Year Ended
	March 31,					April 1,					March 26,
	2018					2017					2016
Expected option term(1)				5.5	years				5.5	years				5.5	years
Expected volatility factor(2)	34.0	%	-	35.5	%	35.8	%	-	36.0	%	33.3	%	-	36.7	%
Risk-free interest rate(3)	1.8	%	-	2.7	%				1.4	%	1.3	%	-	1.8	%
Expected annual dividend yield(4)				0	%				0	%				0	%

(1) The Company has limited historical information regarding expected option term. Accordingly, the Company determined the expected life of the options using the simplified method.

(2) Stock volatility for each grant is measured using the weighted average of historical daily price changes of the Company’s competitors’ common stock over the most recent period equal to the expected option term of the Company’s awards.

(3) The risk‑free interest rate is determined using the rate on treasury securities with the same term.

(4) The Company’s board of directors does not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

Intrinsic value for stock options is defined as the difference between the market price of the Company’s common stock on the last business day of the fiscal year and the weighted average exercise price of in‑the‑money stock options outstanding at the end of each fiscal period. The following table summarizes the stock award activity for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018:

				Weighted
		Grant Date		Average
		Weighted		Remaining	Aggregate
	Stock	Average		Contractual	Intrinsic
	Options	Exercise Price		Life (in Years)	Value
					(in thousands)
Outstanding at April 1, 2017	2,543,660	$	9.29
Granted	448,792	$	7.74
Exercised	(705,474)	$	5.24		$	8,012
Cancelled, forfeited or expired	(211,893)	$	8.66
Outstanding at March 31, 2018	2,075,085	$	10.40	5.4	$	16,988
Vested and expected to vest after March 31, 2018	2,075,085	$	10.40	5.4	$	16,988
Exercisable at March 31, 2018	1,094,154	$	10.23	4.5	$	8,999

A summary of the status of non-vested stock options as of March 31, 2018 and changes during fiscal 2018 is presented below:

		Weighted-
		Average
		Grant Date
	Shares	Fair Value
Nonvested at April 1, 2017	1,148,500	$	4.84
Granted	448,792	$	2.73
Vested	(409,153)	$	4.92
Nonvested shares forfeited	(207,208)	$	3.70
Nonvested at March 31, 2018	980,931	$	4.08

Restricted Stock

During fiscal 2018, the Company granted 126,800 restricted stock units to various employees under the 2014 Plan. The shares granted to employees vest in five equal annual installments beginning on the grant date, provided that the respective award recipient continues to be employed by the Company through each of those dates. The shares granted to the Company’s directors vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant. The grant date fair value of these awards for fiscal 2018 totaled $1.1 million. The Company is recognizing the expense relating to these awards on a straight-line basis over the service period of each award, commencing on the date of grant.

During fiscal 2017, the Company granted 136,732 restricted stock units to various employees under the 2014 Plan. The shares granted to employees vest in five equal annual installments beginning on the grant date, provided that the respective award recipient continues to be employed by the Company through each of those dates. The shares granted to the Company’s directors vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant. The grant date fair value of these awards for fiscal 2017 totaled $1.1 million. The Company is recognizing the expense relating to these awards on a straight-line basis over the service period of each award, commencing on the date of grant. 

During fiscal 2016, the Company granted 86,530 restricted stock units to various employees under the 2014 Plan. The shares granted to employees vest in five equal annual installments beginning on the grant date, provided that the respective award recipient continues to be employed by the Company through each of those dates. The grant date fair value of these awards for fiscal 2016 totaled $1.7 million. The Company is recognizing the expense relating to these awards on a straight-line basis over the service period of each award, commencing on the date of grant.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

Stock‑based compensation expense was $2.2 million, $3.0 million, and $2.9 million for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Stock-based compensation expense of $0.4 million, $0.5 million, and $0.4 million was recorded in cost of goods sold in the consolidated statements of operations for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. All other stock-based compensation expense is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

As of March 31, 2018, there was $3.0 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to unvested stock options, with a weighted-average remaining recognition period of 2.99 years. As of March 31, 2018, there was $1.9 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to restricted stock, with a weighted-average remaining recognition period of 3.52 years.

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments and Contingencies

10. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is involved, from time to time, in litigation that is incidental to its business. The Company has reviewed these matters to determine if reserves are required for losses that are probable and reasonable to estimate in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 450, Contingencies. The Company evaluates such reserves, if any, based upon several criteria, including the merits of each claim, settlement discussions and advice from outside legal counsel, as well as indemnification of amounts expended by the Company’s insurers or others, if any.

On April 28, 2016, two employees, on behalf of themselves and all other similarly situated employees, filed a wage-and-hour class action, which includes claims for penalties under California’s Private Attorney General Act, in the Fresno County Superior Court, Case No. 16 CE CG 01330, alleging violations of California’s wage and hour, overtime, meal break and statement of wages rules and regulations, among other things.  On April 10, 2017, the Company reached a settlement with the employees for an amount that is not material to the consolidated financial statements. The amount of the settlement has been accrued as of March 31, 2018.

During the normal course of its business, the Company has made certain indemnifications and commitments under which the Company may be required to make payments for certain transactions. These indemnifications include those given to various lessors in connection with facility leases for certain claims arising from such facility leases, and indemnifications to directors and officers of the Company to the maximum extent permitted under the laws of the State of Delaware. The majority of these indemnifications and commitments do not provide for any limitation of the maximum potential future payments the Company could be obligated to make, and their duration may be indefinite. The Company has not recorded any liability for these indemnifications and commitments in the consolidated balance sheets as the impact is expected to be immaterial.

XML

Leases

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Leases

Leases

11. Leases

Operating Leases

The following is a schedule by year of non‑cancelable future minimum rental payments under operating leases as of March 31, 2018 (in thousands):

	Total
2019	$	35,545
2020		32,588
2021		31,342
2022		27,063
2023		22,348
Thereafter		46,771
Total	$	195,657

Minimum rent payments consist primarily of future minimum lease commitments related to store operating leases. Minimum lease payments do not include common area maintenance, insurance or tax payments. Rent expense related to operating leases was $43.3 million, $41.3 million, and $38.1 million for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2018, April 1, 2017 and March 26, 2016, respectively, and includes common area maintenance and contingent rent payments.

Capital Leases and Financing Transactions

As of March 31, 2018, the Company had non‑cancelable capital leases for property and equipment rentals with principal and interest payments due monthly. The liability under capital lease arrangements as of March 31, 2018 totals $0.7 million.

During fiscal 2016, the Company acquired leases related to two retail stores, two office buildings, one distribution center facility and land as part of the Sheplers Acquisition. On July 30, 2007, Sheplers sold these properties to an unrelated third-party real estate company and simultaneously entered into an arrangement with the third-party real estate company to lease back these properties. Sheplers maintained continuing involvement in these properties such that this sale did not qualify for sale-leaseback accounting treatment. This transaction is recorded as a financing transaction with the assets and related financing obligation recorded on the balance sheet. The lease expires in fiscal 2028 and includes renewal options and certain default provisions requiring the Company to perform repairs and maintenance, make timely rent payments and insure the buildings and equipment. The liability under the financing transaction as of March 31, 2018 totals $7.1 million.

The total liability under capital lease and financing transactions as of March 31, 2018 is $7.8 million and is included as capital lease obligations in the consolidated balance sheet. The current portion of the capital lease arrangements is included in accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. The interest rates range from 6.1% to 10.9%. 

As of March 31, 2018, future minimum capital lease and financing transaction payments are as follows:

Fiscal Year	(in thousands)
2019	$	1,291
2020		1,302
2021		1,326
2022		1,351
2023		1,300
Thereafter		5,527
Total		12,097
Less: Imputed interest		(4,273)
Present value of capital leases and financing transaction		7,824
Less: Current capital leases and financing transaction		(521)
Noncurrent capital leases and financing transaction	$	7,303

The net property and equipment involved in the Company’s capital leases and financing transaction are included in property and equipment as follows:

	March 31,		April 1,
	2018		2017
(in thousands)
Buildings	$	7,588	$	7,588
Land		2,530		2,530
Leasehold improvements		410		410
Equipment		63		63
Property and equipment, gross		10,591		10,591
Less: accumulated depreciation		(1,980)		(1,272)
Property and equipment, net	$	8,611	$	9,319

Other liabilities, which relate primarily to long‑term lease liabilities, are as follows:

	March 31,		April 1,
(in thousands)	2018		2017
Above-market leases	$	7	$	9
Long-term deferred rent		14,812		13,591
Capital lease residual value		3,968		3,968
Other		17		—
Total other liabilities	$	18,804	$	17,568

XML

Defined Contribution Plan

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Defined Contribution Plan

Defined Contribution Plan

12. Defined Contribution Plan

The Boot Barn 401(k) Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) is a qualified plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The 401(k) Plan provides a matching contribution for all employees that work a minimum of 1,000 hours per year. Contributions to the plan are based on certain criteria as defined in the agreement, governing the 401(k) Plan. Participating employees are allowed to contribute up to the statutory maximum set by the Internal Revenue Service. The Company provides a safe harbor matching contribution that matches 100% of employee contributions up to 3% of their respective wages and then 50% of further contributions up to 5% of their respective wages. Contributions to the plan and charges to selling, general and administrative expenses were $0.7 million, $0.6 million, and $0.4 million for fiscal 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

13. Income Taxes

Income tax expense (benefit) consisted of the following:

	Fiscal Year Ended
	March 31,		April 1,		March 26,
(in thousands)	2018		2017		2016
Current:
Federal	$	(104)	$	2,274	$	2,533
State		544		464		1,105
Foreign		—		8		8
Total current		440		2,746		3,646
Deferred:
Federal		622		5,946		3,736
State		1,237		231		65
Foreign		1		(1)		(4)
Total deferred		1,860		6,176		3,797
Total income tax expense	$	2,300	$	8,922	$	7,443

The reconciliation between the Company’s effective tax rate on income from operations and the statutory tax rate is as follows:

	Fiscal Year Ended
	March 31,		April 1,		March 26,
	2018		2017		2016
Expected provision at statutory U.S. federal tax rate	30.8	%	35.0	%	35.0	%
State and local income taxes, net of federal tax benefit	3.3		3.0		4.7
Change in state rate	(0.2)		(1.2)		1.0
Federal rate change	(22.4)		—		—
Acquisition costs	—		—		1.8
Permanent items	1.1		0.3		1.7
Excess tax benefit of stock based compensation	(5.7)		—		—
Other	0.5		1.5		(1.2)
Effective tax rate	7.4	%	38.6	%	43.0	%

Differences between the effective tax rate and the statutory rate relate primarily to state taxes and the change in federal rate due to the legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.

Deferred taxes reflect the net tax effects of the temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and the amount used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax liabilities as of March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017 consisted of the following (in thousands):

	March 31		April 1,
	2018		2017
Deferred tax assets:
State taxes	$	47	$	237
Accrued liabilities		2,369		3,479
Award program liabilities		117		782
Deferred revenue		1,062		1,233
Inventory		2,338		3,421
Stock options		1,436		2,574
Net operating loss carryforward		5,077		7,232
Other, net		393		584
Total deferred tax assets		12,839		19,542
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization		(23,875)		(29,551)
Prepaid expenses		(1,222)		(926)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(25,097)		(30,477)
Valuation allowance		(772)		(235)
Net deferred tax liabilities	$	(13,030)	$	(11,170)

As of March 31, 2018, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards for federal and state tax purposes of $14.4 million and $8.0 million, respectively. These net operating loss carryforwards expire at various dates beginning in 2018.

Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred income tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. To this end, the Company has considered and evaluated its sources of taxable income, including forecasted future taxable income, and the Company has concluded that a valuation allowance is required for state net operating losses it expects to expire unused. The Company will continue to evaluate the need for a valuation allowance at each period end.

The Company applies ASC 740, which contains a two‑step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company considers many factors when evaluating and estimating its tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments. At March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017, no material amounts were recorded for any uncertain tax positions.

The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. To the extent that accrued interest and penalties do not ultimately become payable, amounts accrued will be reduced and reflected as a reduction of the overall income tax provision in the period that such determination is made. The Company does not have any accrued interest or penalties associated with any unrecognized tax benefits as of March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017.

The Company does not anticipate a significant change in its uncertain tax benefits over the next 12 months. 

The major jurisdictions in which the Company files income tax returns include the U.S. federal jurisdiction, as well as various state jurisdictions within the U.S. The Company’s fiscal years 2013 through 2017 returns are subject to examination by the U.S. federal and various state tax authorities.

On December 22, 2017, the legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Act”) was signed into law by the President of the United States. The Act includes various changes to previously existing tax law, including a permanent reduction in the federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, effective beginning January 1, 2018. As a result of this rate change, the Company was required to revalue its deferred tax assets and liabilities to account for the future impact of the lower federal corporate income tax rate. The revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities resulted in a non-cash tax benefit of $7.0 million to the Company’s earnings for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018. In addition, during fiscal 2018, the Company realized a net $1.8 million tax benefit from the exercise of stock options and restricted stock vestings. 

In conjunction with the tax law changes, the SEC issued guidance under Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“SAB 118”) allowing taxpayers to record a reasonable estimate of the impact of the U.S. legislation when it does not have the necessary information available, prepared or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete its accounting for the change in tax law. The Company has recognized the provisional tax impacts related to all aspects of tax reform in its tax calculations for the current tax year and included these amounts in its consolidated financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2018. The ultimate impact may differ from these provisional amounts, possibly materially, due to, among other things, additional analysis, changes in interpretations and assumptions the Company has made, additional regulatory guidance that may be issued, and actions the Company may take as a result of the Act.

The Act allows for one hundred percent expensing of the cost of qualified property acquired and placed in service after September 27, 2017 and before January 1, 2023. The Company tentatively plans to take advantage of this provision for the near term but has the ability to opt out of this provision.

Net operating losses incurred in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017 are only allowed to offset a taxpayer's taxable income by eighty percent, but those net operating losses are allowed to be carried forward indefinitely with no expiration. The Company's net interest expense deductions are limited to 30% of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization through 2021 and of earnings before interest and taxes thereafter. This provision also takes effect for tax years beginning after 2017 and is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's deferred tax asset position due to the relative insignificance of interest expense.

XML

Related Party Transactions

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Related Party Transactions

Related Party Transactions

14. Related Party Transactions

During fiscal 2018, the Company had capital expenditures with a specialty retail vendor in the flooring market that as of March 31, 2018 is 20.6% owned by Freeman Spogli, our majority stockholder. These capital expenditures amounted to $0.3 million and $0.2 million in fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017, respectively, and were recorded as property and equipment, net on the consolidated balance sheet.

John Grijalva, the husband of Ms. Grijalva, Chief Merchandising Officer, works as an independent sales representative primarily for Dan Post Boot Company, Outback Trading Company, LTD and KS Marketing LLC. Mr. Grijalva conducts his business as an independent sales representative through a limited liability company of which he and Ms. Grijalva are members. We purchased merchandise from these suppliers in the aggregate approximate amounts of $17.0 million, $16.1 million, and $17.7 million in fiscal 2018, fiscal 2017, and fiscal 2016, respectively. Mr. Grijalva was paid commissions on these sales of approximately $1.1 million, $1.3 million, and $1.3 million, respectively, in these periods, a portion of which were passed on to other sales representatives working for Mr. Grijalva.

XML

Earnings Per Share

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Earnings Per Share

Earnings Per Share

15. Earnings Per Share

Earnings per share is computed under the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 260, Earnings Per Share. Basic earnings per share is computed based on the weighted average number of outstanding shares of common stock during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed based on the weighted average number of shares of common stock plus the effect of dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method, whereby proceeds from such exercise, unamortized compensation and hypothetical excess tax benefits, if any, on share-based awards are assumed to be used by the Company to purchase the common shares at the average market price during the period. The dilutive effect of stock options and restricted stock is applicable only in periods of net income.

The components of basic and diluted earnings per share of common stock, in aggregate, for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:

	Fiscal Year Ended
	March 31,		April 1,		March 26,
	2018		2017		2016
(in thousands, except per share data)
Net income	$	28,879	$	14,197	$	9,868
Weighted average basic shares outstanding		26,744		26,459		26,170
Dilutive effect of options and restricted stock		784		480		785
Weighted average diluted shares outstanding		27,528		26,939		26,955
Basic earnings per share	$	1.08	$	0.54	$	0.38
Diluted earnings per share	$	1.05	$	0.53	$	0.37

Options to purchase approximately 476,870,  694,278,  and 476,333 shares of common stock during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2018, April 1, 2017 and March 26, 2016 were outstanding, but were not included in the computation of weighted average diluted common shares outstanding as the effect of doing so would have been anti-dilutive.

XML

Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

16. Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

The tables below set forth selected quarterly financial data for each of the last two fiscal years.

		Fiscal 2018								Fiscal 2017
		Fourth		Third		Second		First		Fourth		Third		Second		First
(in thousands, except per share data)		quarter		quarter		quarter		quarter		quarter		quarter		quarter		quarter
Net sales	$	170,766	$	224,732	$	143,072	$	139,379	$	163,003	$	199,431	$	133,969	$	133,414
Gross profit		52,896		71,937		41,690		41,392		49,328		63,363		36,446		40,750
Income from operations		11,282		24,395		5,638		4,941		8,063		20,863		4,443		4,450
Net income		6,855		20,149		1,098		777		2,588		10,507		479		624
Earnings per share:
Basic shares	$	0.25	$	0.76	$	0.04	$	0.03	$	0.10	$	0.40	$	0.02	$	0.02
Diluted shares	$	0.24	$	0.73	$	0.04	$	0.03	$	0.10	$	0.39	$	0.02	$	0.02
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic shares		27,134		26,674		26,608		26,559		26,535		26,495		26,427		26,373
Diluted shares		28,245		27,596		26,950		26,969		27,068		27,165		26,897		26,616

XML

Subsequent Events

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Subsequent Events

Subsequent Events

17. Subsequent Events

On April 24, 2018, we acquired assets of Lone Star Western & Casual LLC (“Lone Star”), an individually owned retail company with three stores in Waxahachie, Corsicana and Athens, Texas. As part of the transaction, we purchased the inventory, entered into new leases with the stores’ landlord and offered employment to the Lone Star team at all three store locations. We funded this acquisition from cash on hand.

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

Basis of Presentation

The Company’s consolidated financial statements, prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”), include the accounts of the Company and each of its subsidiaries, including WW Holding Corporation, Boot Barn Holding Corporation, Boot Barn, Inc., RCC Western Stores, Inc. (“RCC”), Baskins Acquisition Holdings, LLC (“Baskins”), Sheplers Inc. and Sheplers Holding Corporation (collectively with Sheplers, Inc. “Sheplers”) and Boot Barn International (Hong Kong) Limited (“Hong Kong”). All intercompany accounts and transactions among the Company and its subsidiaries have been eliminated in consolidation.

Fiscal Year

Fiscal Year

The Company reports its results of operations and cash flows on a 52‑ or 53‑week basis, and its fiscal year ends on the last Saturday of March unless April 1st is a Saturday, in which case the fiscal year ends on April 1st. The year ended March 31, 2018 (“fiscal 2018”) consisted of 52 weeks. The years ended April 1, 2017 (“fiscal 2017”) and March 26, 2016 (“fiscal 2016”) consisted of 53 and 52 weeks, respectively. 

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive Income

The Company does not have any components of other comprehensive income recorded within its consolidated financial statements and, therefore, does not separately present a statement of comprehensive income in its consolidated financial statements.

Segment Reporting

Segment Reporting

GAAP has established guidance for reporting information about a company’s operating segments, including disclosures related to a company’s products and services, geographic areas and major customers. The Company operates in a single operating segment, which includes net sales generated from its retail stores and e‑commerce websites. The vast majority of the Company’s identifiable assets are in the U.S.

Use of Estimates

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Among the significant estimates affecting the Company’s consolidated financial statements are those relating to revenue recognition, inventories, goodwill, intangible and long‑lived assets, stock‑based compensation and income taxes. Management regularly evaluates its estimates and assumptions based upon historical experience and various other factors that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. To the extent actual results differ from those estimates, the Company’s future results of operations may be affected.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents also include receivables from credit card sales. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents represent their fair values.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts Receivable

The Company’s accounts receivable consists of amounts due from commercial customers for merchandise sold, as well as receivables from suppliers under co‑operative arrangements. The Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts was less than $0.1 million for both the fiscal years ending March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017.

Inventories

Inventories

Inventory consists primarily of purchased merchandise and is valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined on a first‑in, first‑out basis and includes the cost of merchandise and import related costs, including freight, duty and agent commissions. The Company assesses the recoverability of inventory through a periodic review of historical usage and present demand. When the inventory on hand exceeds the foreseeable demand, the value of inventory that, at the time of the review, is not expected to be sold is written down to its estimated net realizable value.

The Company recorded fair value adjustments to reflect the acquired cost of inventory related to its acquisitions of Baskins and Sheplers. These amounts were amortized over the period that the related inventory was sold. Amortization of the acquired cost of inventory was zero for both fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2017, and $0.5 million for fiscal 2016.

Debt Issuance Costs and Debt Discounts

Debt Issuance Costs and Debt Discounts

Debt issuance costs are capitalized and amortized to interest expense over the terms of the applicable loan agreements using the effective interest method. Those costs related to the issuance of debt are presented as a reduction to the principal amount of the debt. Debt issuance costs incurred with the issuance of revolving credit lines are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets.

Debt discounts arise when transaction fees are paid to the lending institution. Debt discounts are recorded as a reduction to the principal amount of the debt. Amortization of debt discounts is recorded as an increase to the net principal amount of the debt and as a charge to interest expense over the term of the applicable loan agreement using the effective interest method.

Property and Equipment, net

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment consists of leasehold improvements, machinery and equipment, furniture and fixtures, software and vehicles. Property and equipment is subject to depreciation and is recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Expenditures for major remodels and improvements are capitalized while minor replacements, maintenance and repairs that do not improve or extend the life of such assets are charged to expense. Gains or losses on disposal of fixed assets, when applicable, are reflected in operations. Depreciation is computed using the straight‑line method over the estimated useful lives, ranging from five to ten years. Machinery and equipment is depreciated over five years. Furniture and fixtures are depreciated over seven years. Software and vehicles are depreciated over five years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the terms of the leases or ten years.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill and Indefinite‑Lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill is recorded as the difference between the aggregate consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair value of the acquired net tangible and intangible assets. Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually as of the first day of the fourth fiscal quarter or more frequently if indicators of impairment exist, in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 350, Goodwill and Other. This guidance provides the option to first assess qualitative factors such as macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, overall financial performance and other relevant entity-specific events to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value (a “Step 0” analysis). If, based on a review of qualitative factors it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, the Company performs “Step 1” of the traditional two-step goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount.

If the Company proceeds to conduct a two‑step goodwill impairment test, the first step of the impairment test involves comparing the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying value. Management evaluates the fair value of the reporting unit using a market‑based analysis to review market capitalization as well as reviewing a discounted cash flow analysis using management’s assumptions. The Company’s entire operations represent one reporting unit. The Company determines the fair value of its reporting unit using the income approach and market approach to valuation, as well as other generally accepted valuation methodologies. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, the Company performs the second step of the goodwill impairment test, which involves comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to the carrying value of that goodwill. The amount by which the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, if any, will be recognized as an impairment loss. The Company concluded that there was no impairment of goodwill during fiscal 2018, 2017, or 2016.

Intangible assets with indefinite lives, which include the Boot Barn, Sheplers and Country Outfitter trademarks, are not amortized but instead are measured for impairment at least annually, or when events indicate that impairment may exist. The Company calculates impairment as the excess of the carrying value of indefinite‑lived intangible assets over their estimated fair value. If the carrying value exceeds the estimate of fair value, an impairment charge is recorded. The Company concluded there was no impairment of intangible assets with indefinite lives during fiscal 2018, 2017 or 2016.

Definite-Lived Intangible Assets

Definite‑Lived Intangible Assets

Definite‑lived intangible assets consist of certain trademarks, customer lists, non‑compete agreements, and below‑market leases. Definite‑lived intangible assets are amortized utilizing the straight‑line method over the assets’ estimated useful lives, with the exception of customer lists, which are amortized based on the estimated attrition rate. The period of amortization for customer lists is three to five years, non‑compete agreements is four to five years and below‑market leases is four to 19 years.

Long-Lived Assets

Long‑Lived Assets

Long‑lived assets consist of property and equipment and definite‑lived intangible assets. The Company assesses potential impairment of its long‑lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that an asset or asset group’s carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that are considered important that could trigger an impairment review include a current period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses and a projection or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses or insufficient income associated with the use of a long‑lived asset or asset group. Other factors include a significant change in the manner of the use of the asset or a significant negative industry or economic trend. This evaluation is performed based on estimated undiscounted future cash flows from operating activities compared with the carrying value of the related assets. If the undiscounted future cash flows are less than the carrying value, an impairment loss is recognized, measured by the difference between the carrying value, and the estimated fair value of the assets, with such estimated fair values determined using the best information available and in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements. During Fiscal 2018, the Company recorded an asset impairment charge of less than $0.1 million related to two of its stores. During fiscal 2017, the Company recorded an asset impairment charge of $1.2 million related to three of its stores. Long-lived assets held and used with a carrying value of $1.5 million were written down to their fair value of $0.3 million, resulting in an asset impairment charge of $1.2 million. The fair values of these locations were calculated based on the projected discounted cash flows at a similar rate that would be used by market participants in valuing these assets or prices of similar assets. There were no impairments of long‑lived assets during fiscal 2016.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock‑Based Compensation

Stock‑based compensation is accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”). The Company accounts for all stock‑based compensation transactions using a fair‑value method and recognizes the fair value of each award as an expense over the service period. The Company estimates the fair value of stock options granted using the Black‑Scholes option‑pricing model. The use of the Black‑Scholes model requires a number of estimates, including the expected option term, the expected volatility in the price of the Company’s common stock, the risk‑free rate of interest and the dividend yield on the Company’s common stock. Judgment is required in estimating the number of share‑based awards that the Company expects will ultimately vest upon the fulfillment of service conditions (such as time‑based vesting). The fair value of the Company’s restricted stock awards and restricted stock units is the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the grant date. The consolidated financial statements include amounts that are based on the Company’s best estimates and judgments. The Company classifies compensation expense related to these awards in the consolidated statements of operations based on the department to which the recipient reports.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recorded for store sales upon the purchase of merchandise by customers. E‑commerce sales are recorded when the customer takes title of the merchandise and assumes risk of loss, collection of the relevant receivable is reasonably assured, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists and the sales price is fixed or determinable, which generally occurs upon delivery of the product. Shipping and handling revenues are included in total net sales. Shipping costs incurred by the Company are included as cost of goods sold.

Revenue is recorded net of estimated and actual sales returns and deductions for coupon redemptions, estimated future award redemption and other promotions. The sales return reserve reflects an estimate of sales returns based on projected merchandise returns determined through the use of historical average return percentages. The total reserve for returns was $1.6 million, $1.5 million, and $1.3 million as of fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively and is recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The following table provides a reconciliation of the activity related to the Company’s sales returns reserve:

Sales Returns Reserve	Fiscal Year Ended
	March 31,		April 1,		March 26,
(In thousands)	2018		2017		2016
Beginning balance	$	1,544	$	1,319	$	687
Provisions		35,189		30,624		29,597
Sales returns		(35,146)		(30,399)		(28,965)
Ending balance	$	1,587	$	1,544	$	1,319

The Company maintains a customer loyalty program. Under the program, customers accumulate points based on purchase activity. For customers to maintain their active point balance, they must make a qualifying purchase of merchandise at least once in a 365‑day period. Once a loyalty program member achieves a certain point level, the member earns awards that may be redeemed for credits on merchandise purchases. To redeem awards, the member must make a qualifying purchase of merchandise within 60 days of the date the award was granted. Unredeemed awards and accumulated partial points are accrued as unearned revenue and as an adjustment to net sales. The unearned revenue for this program is recorded in accrued expenses and other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets and was $1.7 million and $2.1 million as of March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017, respectively. The following table provides a reconciliation of the activity related to the Company’s customer loyalty program:

Customer Loyalty Program	Fiscal Year Ended
	March 31,		April 1,		March 26,
(In thousands)	2018		2017		2016
Beginning balance	$	2,060	$	1,975	$	1,971
Current year provisions		4,877		6,782		5,718
Current year award redemptions		(5,232)		(6,697)		(5,714)
Ending balance	$	1,705	$	2,060	$	1,975

Proceeds from the sale of gift cards are deferred until the customers use the cards to acquire merchandise. Gift cards, gift certificates and store credits do not have expiration dates, and unredeemed gift cards, gift certificates and store credits are subject to state escheatment laws. The Company retains the percentage of the value of such unredeemed gift cards, gift certificates and store credits not escheated, and recognizes these amounts in net sales. The Company defers recognition of a layaway sale and its related profit to the accounting period when the customer receives the layaway merchandise. Income from the redemption of gift cards, gift card breakage, and the sale of layaway merchandise is included in net sales.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold includes the cost of merchandise, obsolescence and shrink provisions, store and warehouse occupancy costs (including rent, depreciation and utilities), inbound and outbound freight, supplier allowances, occupancy‑related taxes, compensation costs for merchandise purchasing and warehouse personnel and other inventory acquisition‑related costs.

Store Opening Costs

Store Opening Costs

Store opening costs consist of costs incurred prior to opening a new store and primarily consist of manager and other employee payroll, travel and training costs, marketing expenses, initial opening supplies and costs of transporting initial inventory and certain fixtures to store locations, as well as occupancy costs incurred from the time that we take possession of a store site to the opening of that store. Occupancy costs are included in cost of goods sold and the other store opening costs are included in selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses. All of these costs are expensed as incurred.

Advertising Costs

Advertising Costs

Certain advertising costs, including pay-per-click, direct mail, television and radio promotions, event sponsorship, in‑store photographs and other promotional advertising are expensed when the marketing campaign commences. The Company had prepaid advertising costs of $0.8 million and $0.4 million as of March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017, respectively. All other advertising costs are expensed as incurred. The Company recognized $25.5 million, $24.7 million, and $22.0 million in advertising costs during fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

Leases

Leases

The Company recognizes rent expense for operating leases on a straight‑line basis (including the effect of reduced or free rent and rent escalations) over the lease term. The difference between the cash paid to the landlord and the amount recognized as rent expense on a straight‑line basis is recognized as an adjustment to deferred rent in the consolidated balance sheets. Cash reimbursements received from landlords for leasehold improvements and other cash payments received from landlords as lease incentives are recorded as deferred rent and are amortized using the straight‑line method over the lease term as an offset to rent expense. Contingent rent, determined based on a percentage of sales in excess of specified levels, is recognized as rent expense when the achievement of the specified sales that triggers the contingent rent is probable.

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”), which requires the asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting of income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to differences between financial statement and income tax reporting. Deferred tax assets, net of any valuation allowances, represent the future tax return consequences of those differences and for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards, which will be deductible when the assets are recovered. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if it is deemed more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, we consider whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. We consider the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740, which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements. It prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. ASC 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. Such changes in recognition or measurement might result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision in the period.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the income tax expense line in the consolidated statements of operations. Accrued interest and penalties, if incurred, are included within accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. There were no accrued interest or penalties for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2018 or April 1, 2017. 

Per Share Information

Per Share Information

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of outstanding shares of common stock. In computing diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of common shares outstanding is adjusted to reflect the effect of potentially dilutive securities such as stock options. In accordance with ASC 718, the Company utilizes the treasury stock method to compute the dilutive effect of stock options, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units.

Fair Value of Certain Financial Assets and Liabilities

Fair Value of Certain Financial Assets and Liabilities

The Company follows FASB ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, (“ASC 820”) which requires disclosure of the estimated fair value of certain assets and liabilities defined by the guidance as financial instruments. The Company’s financial instruments consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and debt. ASC 820 defines the fair value of financial instruments as the price that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. ASC 820 establishes a three‑level hierarchy for disclosure that is based on the extent and level of judgment used to estimate the fair value of assets and liabilities.

· Level 1 uses unadjusted quoted prices that are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. The Company’s Level 1 assets include investments in money market funds.

· Level 2 uses inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable through correlation with market data. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; and inputs to valuation models or other pricing methodologies that do not require significant judgment because the inputs used in the model, such as interest rates and volatility, can be corroborated by readily observable market data.

· Level 3 uses one or more significant inputs that are unobservable and supported by little or no market activity, and reflect the use of significant management judgment. Level 3 assets and liabilities include those whose fair value measurements are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar valuation techniques and significant management judgment or estimation. The Company’s Level 3 assets include certain acquired businesses.

Cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable are classified according to the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. As a result, the asset or liability could be classified as Level 2 or Level 3 even though there may be certain significant inputs that are readily observable. The Company believes that the recorded values of its financial instruments approximate their current fair values because of their nature and respective relatively short maturity dates or duration.

Although market quotes for the fair value of the outstanding debt arrangements discussed in Note 8 “Revolving credit facilities and long‑term debt” are not readily available, the Company believes its carrying value approximates fair value due to the variable interest rates, which are Level 2 inputs. There were no financial assets or liabilities requiring fair value measurements as of March 31, 2018 on a recurring basis.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents. At times, such amounts held at banks may be in excess of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits, and the Company mitigates such risk by utilizing multiple banks.

Supplier Concentration Risk

Supplier Concentration Risk

The Company purchases merchandise inventories from several hundred suppliers worldwide. Sales of products from the Company’s three largest suppliers totaled approximately 40% of net sales in fiscal 2018, and approximately 38% of net sales in fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2016.

Hurricane-Related Insurance Claims

Hurricane-Related Insurance Claims

During fiscal 2018, as a result of Hurricane Harvey, $3.2 million of inventory and property, plant and equipment at certain Houston-area stores were damaged and written off. These assets were insured at the time of the loss. The Company also incurred $0.3 million of repairs and maintenance expense during fiscal 2018 as a result of Hurricane Harvey. The Company received cash insurance proceeds of $5.1 million as of March 31, 2018, which includes $0.1 million of business interruption cash insurance proceeds. The charges and recoveries are recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses, resulting in a net gain of $1.6 million during fiscal 2018.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) jointly issued a new revenue recognition standard, ASU No. 2014‑09, Revenue From Contracts with Customers, that will supersede nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under GAAP. The revenue recognition standard will allow for the recognition of revenue when a company transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The standard permits the use of either a full retrospective or retrospective with cumulative effect transition method. On August 8, 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, which deferred the effective date of ASU No. 2014-09 by one year, and permits early adoption as long as the adoption date is not before the original public entity effective date. The standard is effective for public entities for annual periods, and interim periods within that year, beginning after December 15, 2017. The Company’s revenues are primarily generated from the sale of finished products to customers. Those sales predominantly contain a single delivery element and revenue for such sales is recognized when the customer obtains control. The Company has completed its assessment of the impact of the revised standard and does not expect it to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements. The Company will use the modified retrospective transition approach upon adoption in the first quarter of fiscal 2019.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The FASB issued this ASU to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by requiring lessees to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet for those leases classified as operating leases under current U.S. GAAP and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual periods, and interim periods within that year, beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements. The Company currently expects that most of its operating lease commitments will be subject to the new standard and recognized as operating lease liabilities and right-of-use assets upon adoption. Therefore, the Company expects this adoption will result in a material increase in the assets and liabilities on its consolidated balance sheets. Enhanced disclosures will also be required to give financial statement users the ability to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The Company plans to adopt the standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2020 and is currently continuing its assessment, which may identify other impacts the revised standard will have on the consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. ASU No. 2016-09 simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. For public entities, ASU No. 2016-09 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted ASU No. 2016-09 beginning April 2, 2017, the first day of fiscal 2018. Upon adoption, the Company began to recognize, on a prospective basis, all excess tax benefits and deficiencies as income tax benefit or expense, respectively, in its Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations. This resulted in the recognition of less than $0.1 million of additional income tax expense associated with net tax deficiencies for awards that were exercised or vested during the thirteen weeks ended July 1, 2017, the period of adoption. Additionally, as of April 2, 2017, excess tax benefits are classified as an operating activity along with deferred tax cash flows in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The Company elected to adopt such presentation on a prospective basis. Cash paid by the Company to tax authorities when directly withholding shares for tax withholding purposes will continue to be classified as a financing activity in the consolidated statements of cash flows. Stock-based compensation expense will no longer reflect estimated forfeitures of share-based awards and forfeitures will instead be recorded as they occur. In evaluating the impact of this change, the adjustment to adopt on a modified retrospective basis was immaterial, therefore no adjustment was made to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period presented. Lastly, excess tax benefits are now excluded from assumed future proceeds in the Company’s calculation of diluted shares for purposes of determining diluted earnings per share. This change had an immaterial impact on the Company’s weighted average diluted shares outstanding for the thirteen weeks ended July 1, 2017, the period of adoption.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other: Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which simplifies the accounting for goodwill impairment by eliminating step two from the goodwill impairment test. Under this new guidance, if the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, an impairment charge shall be recognized in an amount equal to that excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The amendments in this ASU are effective prospectively for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The Company plans to adopt the standard in the first quarter of fiscal 2021 and does not expect the revised standard to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

On December 22, 2017, the SEC issued guidance under Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“SAB 118”), allowing taxpayers to record a reasonable estimate of the impact of the U.S. legislation when it does not have the necessary information available, prepared or analyzed (including computations) in reasonable detail to complete its accounting for the change in tax law. In March 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-05, Income Taxes (Topic 740),Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118. This Accounting Standards Update adds various SEC paragraphs pursuant to the issuance of SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 as amendments to Subtopic 740-10. In accordance with SAB 118, the Company has recorded estimated tax benefit associated with the impacts of the Tax Act (see Note 13: Income Taxes, for additional information).

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Schedule of reconciliation of the activity related to the Company's sales returns reserve

The following table provides a reconciliation of the activity related to the Company’s sales returns reserve:

Sales Returns Reserve	Fiscal Year Ended
	March 31,		April 1,		March 26,
(In thousands)	2018		2017		2016
Beginning balance	$	1,544	$	1,319	$	687
Provisions		35,189		30,624		29,597
Sales returns		(35,146)		(30,399)		(28,965)
Ending balance	$	1,587	$	1,544	$	1,319

Schedule of reconciliation of the activity related to the Company's customer loyalty program

The following table provides a reconciliation of the activity related to the Company’s customer loyalty program:

Customer Loyalty Program	Fiscal Year Ended
	March 31,		April 1,		March 26,
(In thousands)	2018		2017		2016
Beginning balance	$	2,060	$	1,975	$	1,971
Current year provisions		4,877		6,782		5,718
Current year award redemptions		(5,232)		(6,697)		(5,714)
Ending balance	$	1,705	$	2,060	$	1,975

XML

Asset Acquisitions (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Country Outfitter Asset Acquisition

Asset Acquisition

Schedule of estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date based on the purchase price allocation:

	At February 16, 2017
	(in thousands)
Assets acquired:
Intangible - trade name	$	1,300
Intangible - customer list		506
Total assets acquired	$	1,806
Liabilities assumed:
Other liability - merchandise credits	$	501
Total liabilities assumed		501
Net Assets acquired	$	1,305

Sheplers

Asset Acquisition

Schedule of estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date based on the purchase price allocation:

	At June 29, 2015
	(in thousands)
Assets acquired:
Cash	$	2,762
Accounts receivable		1,792
Inventory		30,436
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		17,711
Property and equipment		10,744
Properties under capital lease and financing transactions		10,528
Intangible - below-market leases		500
Intangible - trade name		9,200
Intangible - customer lists		488
Goodwill		99,998
Other assets		128
Total assets acquired	$	184,287
Liabilities assumed:
Accounts payable	$	14,554
Accrued liabilities and other payables		5,065
Accrued customer liabilities		1,318
Deferred tax liability		1,226
Capital lease and financing transactions		8,853
Other liabilities		3,968
Total liabilities assumed		34,984
Net Assets acquired	$	149,303

Schedule of net revenue and net loss included in the unaudited consolidated condensed statements of operations

The amount of net revenue and net loss of Sheplers included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations subsequent to the June 29, 2015 acquisition date was as follows:

	Fiscal Year Ended
	March 26, 2016
	(in thousands)
Net sales	$	126,877
Net loss	$	(6,082)

Schedule of pro forma results of operations

	Fiscal Year Ended
	March 26,
	2016
(in thousands)
As adjusted net sales	$	601,952
As adjusted net income	$	6,449

XML

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Schedule of prepaid expenses and other current assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

	March 31,		April 1,
	2018		2017
Prepaid rent and property taxes	$	3,778	$	3,350
Prepaid advertising		849		396
Prepaid insurance		1,024		1,051
Deferred taxes		—		9,790
Income tax receivable		5,834		5,677
Debt issuance costs		514		572
Other		4,251		1,982
Total prepaid expenses and other current assets	$	16,250	$	22,818

XML

Property and Equipment, Net (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Property and Equipment, Net

Schedule of property and equipment, net

Property and equipment, net, consisted of the following (in thousands):

	March 31,		April 1,
	2018		2017
Land	$	2,530	$	2,530
Buildings		7,998		7,998
Leasehold improvements		55,885		50,240
Machinery and equipment		26,411		19,101
Furniture and fixtures		47,103		36,948
Construction in progress		1,954		3,418
Vehicles		1,201		941
		143,082		121,176
Less: Accumulated depreciation		(53,874)		(38,465)
Property and equipment, net	$	89,208	$	82,711

XML

Intangible Assets, Net (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Intangible Assets, Net

Schedule of net finite-lived intangible assets

Net intangible assets consisted of the following:

	March 31, 2018
	Gross						Weighted
	Carrying		Accumulated				Average
	Amount		Amortization		Net		Useful Life
	(in thousands, except for weighted average useful life)
Customer lists	$	1,594	$	(1,287)	$	307	3.8
Below-market leases		4,918		(2,519)		2,399	11.6
Total definite lived		6,512		(3,806)		2,706
Trademarks—indefinite lived		60,677		—		60,677
Total intangible assets	$	67,189	$	(3,806)	$	63,383

	April 1, 2017
	Gross						Weighted
	Carrying		Accumulated				Average
	Amount		Amortization		Net		Useful Life
	(in thousands, except for weighted average useful life)
Customer lists	$	4,694	$	(3,810)	$	884	4.6
Non-compete agreements		990		(915)		75	4.8
Below-market leases		4,918		(2,043)		2,875	11.6
Total definite lived		10,602		(6,768)		3,834
Trademarks—indefinite lived		60,677		—		60,677
Total intangible assets	$	71,279	$	(6,768)	$	64,511

Schedule of net indefinite-lived intangible assets

Net intangible assets consisted of the following:

	March 31, 2018
	Gross						Weighted
	Carrying		Accumulated				Average
	Amount		Amortization		Net		Useful Life
	(in thousands, except for weighted average useful life)
Customer lists	$	1,594	$	(1,287)	$	307	3.8
Below-market leases		4,918		(2,519)		2,399	11.6
Total definite lived		6,512		(3,806)		2,706
Trademarks—indefinite lived		60,677		—		60,677
Total intangible assets	$	67,189	$	(3,806)	$	63,383

	April 1, 2017
	Gross						Weighted
	Carrying		Accumulated				Average
	Amount		Amortization		Net		Useful Life
	(in thousands, except for weighted average useful life)
Customer lists	$	4,694	$	(3,810)	$	884	4.6
Non-compete agreements		990		(915)		75	4.8
Below-market leases		4,918		(2,043)		2,875	11.6
Total definite lived		10,602		(6,768)		3,834
Trademarks—indefinite lived		60,677		—		60,677
Total intangible assets	$	71,279	$	(6,768)	$	64,511

Schedule of estimated future amortization of intangible assets

As of March 31, 2018, estimated future amortization of intangible assets was as follows:

Fiscal year	(in thousands)
2019	$	624
2020		477
2021		308
2022		215
2023		184
Thereafter		898
Total	$	2,706

XML

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Schedule of accrued expenses and other current liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

	March 31,		April 1,
	2018		2017
Accrued compensation	$	10,773	$	6,530
Deferred revenue		9,528		8,038
Sales tax liability		5,479		5,304
Accrued interest		192		35
Sales reward redemption liability		1,705		2,060
Capital leases-short term		521		447
Other		11,836		13,569
Total accrued expenses	$	40,034	$	35,983

XML

Revolving Credit Facilities and Long-Term Debt (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Revolving Credit Facilities and Long-Term Debt

Schedule of information related to the term loan

The following sets forth the balance sheet information related to the term loan:

	March 31,			April 1,
	2018			2017
(in thousands)
Term Loan	$	186,500		$	196,500
Unamortized value of the debt issuance costs and debt discount		(3,300)			(3,921)
Net carrying value	$	183,200		$	192,579

Schedule of aggregate contractual maturities for the Company's long-term debt

Aggregate contractual maturities for the Company’s long-term debt as of March 31, 2018 are as follows:

Fiscal Year		(in thousands)
2019	$	—
2020		—
2021		—
2022		186,500
2023		—
Total	$	186,500

XML

Stock-Based Compensation (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Stock-Based Compensation

Schedule of assumptions used to determine fair value of stock options

The fair values of stock options granted in fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 were estimated on the grant dates using the following assumptions:

	Fiscal Year Ended
	March 31,					April 1,					March 26,
	2018					2017					2016
Expected option term(1)				5.5	years				5.5	years				5.5	years
Expected volatility factor(2)	34.0	%	-	35.5	%	35.8	%	-	36.0	%	33.3	%	-	36.7	%
Risk-free interest rate(3)	1.8	%	-	2.7	%				1.4	%	1.3	%	-	1.8	%
Expected annual dividend yield(4)				0	%				0	%				0	%

(1) The Company has limited historical information regarding expected option term. Accordingly, the Company determined the expected life of the options using the simplified method.

(2) Stock volatility for each grant is measured using the weighted average of historical daily price changes of the Company’s competitors’ common stock over the most recent period equal to the expected option term of the Company’s awards.

(3) The risk‑free interest rate is determined using the rate on treasury securities with the same term.

(4) The Company’s board of directors does not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

Schedule of stock award activity

The following table summarizes the stock award activity for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2018:

				Weighted
		Grant Date		Average
		Weighted		Remaining	Aggregate
	Stock	Average		Contractual	Intrinsic
	Options	Exercise Price		Life (in Years)	Value
					(in thousands)
Outstanding at April 1, 2017	2,543,660	$	9.29
Granted	448,792	$	7.74
Exercised	(705,474)	$	5.24		$	8,012
Cancelled, forfeited or expired	(211,893)	$	8.66
Outstanding at March 31, 2018	2,075,085	$	10.40	5.4	$	16,988
Vested and expected to vest after March 31, 2018	2,075,085	$	10.40	5.4	$	16,988
Exercisable at March 31, 2018	1,094,154	$	10.23	4.5	$	8,999

Schedule of non-vested stock options

				Weighted
		Grant Date		Average
		Weighted		Remaining	Aggregate
	Stock	Average		Contractual	Intrinsic
	Options	Exercise Price		Life (in Years)	Value
					(in thousands)
Outstanding at April 1, 2017	2,543,660	$	9.29
Granted	448,792	$	7.74
Exercised	(705,474)	$	5.24		$	8,012
Cancelled, forfeited or expired	(211,893)	$	8.66
Outstanding at March 31, 2018	2,075,085	$	10.40	5.4	$	16,988
Vested and expected to vest after March 31, 2018	2,075,085	$	10.40	5.4	$	16,988
Exercisable at March 31, 2018	1,094,154	$	10.23	4.5	$	8,999

A summary of the status of non-vested stock options as of March 31, 2018 and changes during fiscal 2018 is presented below:

		Weighted-
		Average
		Grant Date
	Shares	Fair Value
Nonvested at April 1, 2017	1,148,500	$	4.84
Granted	448,792	$	2.73
Vested	(409,153)	$	4.92
Nonvested shares forfeited	(207,208)	$	3.70
Nonvested at March 31, 2018	980,931	$	4.08

XML

Leases (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Leases

Schedule of non-cancelable future minimum rental payments under operating leases

The following is a schedule by year of non‑cancelable future minimum rental payments under operating leases as of March 31, 2018 (in thousands):

	Total
2019	$	35,545
2020		32,588
2021		31,342
2022		27,063
2023		22,348
Thereafter		46,771
Total	$	195,657

Schedule of future minimum capital lease payments

As of March 31, 2018, future minimum capital lease and financing transaction payments are as follows:

Fiscal Year	(in thousands)
2019	$	1,291
2020		1,302
2021		1,326
2022		1,351
2023		1,300
Thereafter		5,527
Total		12,097
Less: Imputed interest		(4,273)
Present value of capital leases and financing transaction		7,824
Less: Current capital leases and financing transaction		(521)
Noncurrent capital leases and financing transaction	$	7,303

Schedule of capital leases included in property and equipment

The net property and equipment involved in the Company’s capital leases and financing transaction are included in property and equipment as follows:

	March 31,		April 1,
	2018		2017
(in thousands)
Buildings	$	7,588	$	7,588
Land		2,530		2,530
Leasehold improvements		410		410
Equipment		63		63
Property and equipment, gross		10,591		10,591
Less: accumulated depreciation		(1,980)		(1,272)
Property and equipment, net	$	8,611	$	9,319

Schedule of long-term lease liabilities

Other liabilities, which relate primarily to long‑term lease liabilities, are as follows:

	March 31,		April 1,
(in thousands)	2018		2017
Above-market leases	$	7	$	9
Long-term deferred rent		14,812		13,591
Capital lease residual value		3,968		3,968
Other		17		—
Total other liabilities	$	18,804	$	17,568

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Income Taxes

Schedule of income tax expense

Income tax expense (benefit) consisted of the following:

	Fiscal Year Ended
	March 31,		April 1,		March 26,
(in thousands)	2018		2017		2016
Current:
Federal	$	(104)	$	2,274	$	2,533
State		544		464		1,105
Foreign		—		8		8
Total current		440		2,746		3,646
Deferred:
Federal		622		5,946		3,736
State		1,237		231		65
Foreign		1		(1)		(4)
Total deferred		1,860		6,176		3,797
Total income tax expense	$	2,300	$	8,922	$	7,443

Schedule of reconciliation between the Company?s effective tax rate on income from operations and the statutory tax rate

The reconciliation between the Company’s effective tax rate on income from operations and the statutory tax rate is as follows:

	Fiscal Year Ended
	March 31,		April 1,		March 26,
	2018		2017		2016
Expected provision at statutory U.S. federal tax rate	30.8	%	35.0	%	35.0	%
State and local income taxes, net of federal tax benefit	3.3		3.0		4.7
Change in state rate	(0.2)		(1.2)		1.0
Federal rate change	(22.4)		—		—
Acquisition costs	—		—		1.8
Permanent items	1.1		0.3		1.7
Excess tax benefit of stock based compensation	(5.7)		—		—
Other	0.5		1.5		(1.2)
Effective tax rate	7.4	%	38.6	%	43.0	%

Schedule of significant components of the Company?s net deferred tax assets

Significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax liabilities as of March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017 consisted of the following (in thousands):

	March 31		April 1,
	2018		2017
Deferred tax assets:
State taxes	$	47	$	237
Accrued liabilities		2,369		3,479
Award program liabilities		117		782
Deferred revenue		1,062		1,233
Inventory		2,338		3,421
Stock options		1,436		2,574
Net operating loss carryforward		5,077		7,232
Other, net		393		584
Total deferred tax assets		12,839		19,542
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization		(23,875)		(29,551)
Prepaid expenses		(1,222)		(926)
Total deferred tax liabilities		(25,097)		(30,477)
Valuation allowance		(772)		(235)
Net deferred tax liabilities	$	(13,030)	$	(11,170)

XML

Earnings Per Share (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Earnings Per Share

Schedule of the components of basic and diluted earnings per share of common stock

The components of basic and diluted earnings per share of common stock, in aggregate, for fiscal 2018, 2017 and 2016 are as follows:

	Fiscal Year Ended
	March 31,		April 1,		March 26,
	2018		2017		2016
(in thousands, except per share data)
Net income	$	28,879	$	14,197	$	9,868
Weighted average basic shares outstanding		26,744		26,459		26,170
Dilutive effect of options and restricted stock		784		480		785
Weighted average diluted shares outstanding		27,528		26,939		26,955
Basic earnings per share	$	1.08	$	0.54	$	0.38
Diluted earnings per share	$	1.05	$	0.53	$	0.37

XML

Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited) (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2018

Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

Schedule of quarterly financial data

The tables below set forth selected quarterly financial data for each of the last two fiscal years.

		Fiscal 2018								Fiscal 2017
		Fourth		Third		Second		First		Fourth		Third		Second		First
(in thousands, except per share data)		quarter		quarter		quarter		quarter		quarter		quarter		quarter		quarter
Net sales	$	170,766	$	224,732	$	143,072	$	139,379	$	163,003	$	199,431	$	133,969	$	133,414
Gross profit		52,896		71,937		41,690		41,392		49,328		63,363		36,446		40,750
Income from operations		11,282		24,395		5,638		4,941		8,063		20,863		4,443		4,450
Net income		6,855		20,149		1,098		777		2,588		10,507		479		624
Earnings per share:
Basic shares	$	0.25	$	0.76	$	0.04	$	0.03	$	0.10	$	0.40	$	0.02	$	0.02
Diluted shares	$	0.24	$	0.73	$	0.04	$	0.03	$	0.10	$	0.39	$	0.02	$	0.02
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic shares		27,134		26,674		26,608		26,559		26,535		26,495		26,427		26,373
Diluted shares		28,245		27,596		26,950		26,969		27,068		27,165		26,897		26,616

XML

Business Operations (Details)	Mar. 31, 2018 state Vote store shares	Apr. 01, 2017 state store shares	Mar. 26, 2016 state store
Business Operations
Number of shares authorized	100,000,000	100,000,000
Number of shares outstanding	27,299,688	26,561,523
Number of votes per common share | Vote	1
Number of stores | store	226	219	208
Number of states in which the Company operates | state	31	31	29
Freeman Spogli & Co.
Business Operations
Number of shares outstanding	7,021,771	13,435,387
American Worker
Business Operations
Number of stores | store	2

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Reclassification of Debt Issuance Costs, Fiscal Year, Accounts Receivable and Inventories (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Apr. 01, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Fiscal Year
Fiscal year period	364 days	371 days	364 days
Inventories
Amortization of inventory fair value adjustment	$ 0	$ 0	$ 500
Maximum
Accounts Receivable
Allowance for bad debt	$ 100	$ 100

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Useful Lives of Property and Equipment (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018
Minimum
Property and Equipment, Net
Useful life	5 years
Maximum
Property and Equipment, Net
Useful life	10 years
Machinery and equipment
Property and Equipment, Net
Useful life	5 years
Furniture and fixtures
Property and Equipment, Net
Useful life	7 years
Software
Property and Equipment, Net
Useful life	5 years
Vehicles
Property and Equipment, Net
Useful life	5 years
Leasehold improvements | Maximum
Property and Equipment, Net
Useful life	10 years

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies = Intangible and Long-Lived Assets (Details) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018 USD ($) store	Apr. 01, 2017 USD ($) store	Mar. 26, 2016 USD ($)
Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets
Goodwill impairment	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0
Impairment of indefinite-lived intangible assets, excluding goodwill	0	0	0
Long-Lived Assets
Impairments of long lived assets	83	1,164	$ 0
Two Stores with Asset Impairment
Long-Lived Assets
Impairments of long lived assets	$ 100
Number of stores with asset impairment | store	2
Three Stores with Asset Impairment
Long-Lived Assets
Impairments of long lived assets		$ 1,200
Number of stores with asset impairment | store		3
Three Stores with Asset Impairment | Carrying value
Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets		$ 1,500
Three Stores with Asset Impairment | Fair value
Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets		$ 300
Customer lists | Minimum
Definite-Lived Intangible Assets
Useful life	3 years
Customer lists | Maximum
Definite-Lived Intangible Assets
Useful life	5 years
Non-compete agreements | Minimum
Definite-Lived Intangible Assets
Useful life	4 years
Non-compete agreements | Maximum
Definite-Lived Intangible Assets
Useful life	5 years
Below-market leases | Minimum
Definite-Lived Intangible Assets
Useful life	4 years
Below-market leases | Maximum
Definite-Lived Intangible Assets
Useful life	19 years

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Sales Returns Reserve and Customer Loyalty Program (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Apr. 01, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Customer Loyalty Program
Activity related to customer loyalty program
Number of days in which customers must make a qualifying purchase in order to maintain an active point balance	365 days
Number of days from award grant date in which the customer has to make a qualifying purchase to redeem the awards	60 days
Beginning Balance	$ 2,060	$ 1,975	$ 1,971
Current year provisions	4,877	6,782	5,718
Current year award redemptions	(5,232)	(6,697)	(5,714)
Ending Balance	1,705	2,060	1,975
Allowance for Sales Returns
Activity related to sales returns reserve
Beginning Balance	1,544	1,319	687
Provisions	35,189	30,624	29,597
Sales returns	(35,146)	(30,399)	(28,965)
Ending Balance	$ 1,587	$ 1,544	$ 1,319

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Additional Disclosures (Details) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018 USD ($) item	Apr. 01, 2017 USD ($) item	Mar. 26, 2016 USD ($) item
Advertising Costs
Prepaid advertising	$ 849	$ 396
Advertising expense	25,500	24,700	$ 22,000
Income Taxes
Accrued interest and penalties	0	$ 0
Fair Value of Certain Financial Assets and Liabilities
Financial assets requiring fair value measurements on a recurring basis	0
Financial liabilities requiring fair value measurements on a recurring basis	$ 0
Supplier Concentration Risk | Sales Revenue
Supplier Concentration Risk
Number of largest suppliers | item	3	3	3
Concentration risk percentage	40.00%	38.00%	38.00%

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Hurricane-related Insurance Claims (Details) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018 USD ($)
Hurricane-Related Insurance Claims
Hurricane-related asset write-off	$ 2,357
Hurricane Harvey
Hurricane-Related Insurance Claims
Hurricane-related asset write-off	3,200
Repairs and maintenance expense	300
Insurance proceeds	5,100
Business interruption insurance proceeds	100
Net gain on insurance recovery	$ 1,600

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Recent Accounting Pronouncements (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Jul. 01, 2017	Mar. 31, 2018	Apr. 01, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
Income tax expense		$ 2,300	$ 8,922	$ 7,443
ASU No. 2016-09
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
Income tax expense	$ 100

XML

Asset Acquisitions and Business Combination - Asset Acquisition (Details) $ in Thousands			12 Months Ended
	Sep. 11, 2017 USD ($) store	Feb. 16, 2017 USD ($)	Apr. 01, 2017 USD ($) store	Mar. 26, 2016 USD ($) store	Mar. 31, 2018 store
Asset Acquisition
Number of stores | store			219	208	226
Cash consideration paid			$ 1,305	$ 146,541
Wood's Boots Asset Acquisition
Asset Acquisition
Number of stores | store	4
Cash consideration paid	$ 2,700
Assets acquired:
Inventory	2,800
Liabilities assumed:
Other liability - merchandise credits	$ 100
Country Outfitter Asset Acquisition | Sheplers Inc
Asset Acquisition
Cash consideration paid		$ 1,300
Assets acquired:
Total assets acquired		1,806
Liabilities assumed:
Other liability - merchandise credits		501
Total liabilities assumed		501
Net Assets acquired		1,305
Country Outfitter Asset Acquisition | Trade name | Sheplers Inc
Assets acquired:
Intangible - trade name		1,300
Country Outfitter Asset Acquisition | Customer lists | Sheplers Inc
Assets acquired:
Intangible		$ 506
Period of amortization for acquired intangible assets		3 years

XML

Asset Acquisition and Business Combinations - Business Combinations (Details) $ in Thousands		12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2015 USD ($) item	Mar. 26, 2016 USD ($) store	Mar. 31, 2018 USD ($) store	May 26, 2017 USD ($)	Apr. 01, 2017 USD ($) store
Asset Acquisition
Number of stores | store		208	226		219
Assets acquired:
Goodwill		$ 193,100	$ 193,095		$ 193,095
Purchase Price Reconciliation
Acquisition-related costs		891
Supplemental Pro Forma Data
Goodwill		193,100	$ 193,095		$ 193,095
2015 Golub Term Loan
Asset Acquisition
Principal amount	$ 200,000
June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver
Asset Acquisition
Outstanding borrowings	57,000
Borrowing capacity	$ 125,000			$ 135,000
Sheplers
Asset Acquisition
Number of retail locations added as a result of acquisition | item	25
Purchase price	$ 147,000
Existing indebtedness refinanced	172,000
Fair value of consideration transferred	149,300
Cash paid	147,000
Preliminary working capital adjustment, cash acquired and other adjustments	2,300
Assets acquired:
Cash	2,762
Accounts receivable	1,792
Inventory	30,436
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	17,711
Property and equipment	10,744
Properties under capital lease and financing transactions	10,528
Goodwill	99,998
Other assets	128
Total assets acquired	184,287
Liabilities assumed:
Accounts payable	14,554
Accrued liabilities and other payables	5,065
Accrued customer liabilities	1,318
Deferred tax liability	1,226
Capital lease and financing transactions	8,853
Other liabilities	3,968
Total liabilities assumed	34,984
Net Assets acquired	149,303
Purchase Price Reconciliation
Acquisition-related costs		900
Supplemental Pro Forma Data
Net sales		126,877
Net loss		(6,082)
As adjusted net sales		601,952
As adjusted net income		$ 6,449
Goodwill	99,998
Sheplers | Trade name
Assets acquired:
Intangible - trade name	9,200
Sheplers | Customer lists
Assets acquired:
Intangible	488
Sheplers | Below-market leases
Assets acquired:
Intangible	$ 500

XML

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2018	Apr. 01, 2017
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets
Prepaid rent and property taxes	$ 3,778	$ 3,350
Prepaid advertising	849	396
Prepaid insurance	1,024	1,051
Deferred taxes		9,790
Income tax receivable	5,834	5,677
Debt issuance costs	514	572
Other	4,251	1,982
Total prepaid expenses and other current assets	$ 16,250	$ 22,818

XML

Property and Equipment, Net (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Apr. 01, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment, gross	$ 143,082	$ 121,176
Less: Accumulated depreciation	(53,874)	(38,465)
Property and equipment, net	89,208	82,711
Depreciation	16,000	14,555	$ 11,480
Land
Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment, gross	2,530	2,530
Buildings
Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment, gross	7,998	7,998
Leasehold improvements
Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment, gross	55,885	50,240
Machinery and equipment
Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment, gross	26,411	19,101
Furniture and fixtures
Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment, gross	47,103	36,948
Construction in progress
Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment, gross	1,954	3,418
Vehicles
Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment, gross	$ 1,201	$ 941

XML

Intangible Assets, Net (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Apr. 01, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Intangible assets, net
Gross Carrying Amount	$ 6,512	$ 10,602
Accumulated Amortization	(3,806)	(6,768)
Net	2,706	3,834
Gross carrying amount	67,189	71,279
Intangible assets, net	63,383	64,511
Amortization of intangible assets	1,128	2,155	$ 2,536
Fiscal year
2019	624
2020	477
2021	308
2022	215
2023	184
Thereafter	898
Total	2,706
Trademarks
Intangible assets, net
Indefinite-lived intangible assets	60,677	60,677
Customer lists
Intangible assets, net
Gross Carrying Amount	1,594	4,694
Accumulated Amortization	(1,287)	(3,810)
Net	$ 307	$ 884
Customer lists | Weighted Average
Intangible assets, net
Weighted Average Useful Life	3 years 9 months 18 days	4 years 7 months 6 days
Non-compete agreements
Intangible assets, net
Gross Carrying Amount		$ 990
Accumulated Amortization		(915)
Net		$ 75
Non-compete agreements | Weighted Average
Intangible assets, net
Weighted Average Useful Life		4 years 9 months 18 days
Below-market leases
Intangible assets, net
Gross Carrying Amount	$ 4,918	$ 4,918
Accumulated Amortization	(2,519)	(2,043)
Net	$ 2,399	$ 2,875
Below-market leases | Weighted Average
Intangible assets, net
Weighted Average Useful Life	11 years 7 months 6 days	11 years 7 months 6 days

XML

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2018	Apr. 01, 2017
Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
Accrued compensation	$ 10,773	$ 6,530
Deferred revenue	9,528	8,038
Sales tax liability	5,479	5,304
Accrued interest	192	35
Sales award redemption liability	1,705	2,060
Capital leases-short term	521	447
Other	11,836	13,569
Total accrued expenses	$ 40,034	$ 35,983

XML

Revolving Credit Facilities and Long-Term Debt - Revolving Credit Facilities and Long-Term Debt (Details)		12 Months Ended
	Jun. 29, 2015 USD ($)	Mar. 31, 2018 USD ($)	Apr. 01, 2017 USD ($)	Mar. 26, 2016 USD ($)	Dec. 29, 2018	May 26, 2017 USD ($)	Feb. 23, 2015 USD ($)
Interest expense
Revolving credit facilities and long-term debt
Amortization of deferred loan fees		$ 1,200,000	$ 1,100,000
February 2015 Wells Fargo Bank credit facility
Revolving credit facilities and long-term debt
Existing indebtedness refinanced	$ 150,000,000
Interest expense				$ 800,000
Transaction fee paid							$ 1,400,000
February 2015 Wells Fargo Bank credit facility | Interest expense
Revolving credit facilities and long-term debt
Deferred loan fees written off	1,400,000
Wells Fargo Bank revolving credit facility
Revolving credit facilities and long-term debt
Current borrowing capacity							75,000,000
Wells Fargo Bank letters of credit
Revolving credit facilities and long-term debt
Current borrowing capacity							5,000,000
Wells Fargo Bank term loan
Revolving credit facilities and long-term debt
Principal amount							75,000,000
Additional incremental term loan capacity							$ 50,000,000
2015 Golub Term Loan
Revolving credit facilities and long-term debt
Principal amount	$ 200,000,000
Interest expense		$ 11,200,000	$ 11,200,000	$ 8,300,000
Weighted average interest rate (as a percent)		5.90%	5.50%	5.50%
Required payment frequency	quarter
Periodic payment	$ 500,000
Additional interest rate required if certain triggering events come into existence (as a percent)	2.00%
Deferred loan fees	$ 6,000,000	$ 3,300,000	$ 3,900,000
Term loan		186,500,000	196,500,000
Unamortized value of the debt issuance costs and debt discount		(3,300,000)	(3,921,000)
Total		$ 183,200,000	192,579,000
2015 Golub Term Loan | Base rate
Revolving credit facilities and long-term debt
Basis margin (as a percent)	3.50%
2015 Golub Term Loan | Federal funds rate
Revolving credit facilities and long-term debt
Basis margin (as a percent)	0.50%
2015 Golub Term Loan | One-month LIBOR rate
Revolving credit facilities and long-term debt
Basis margin (as a percent)	1.00%
2015 Golub Term Loan | LIBOR
Revolving credit facilities and long-term debt
Basis margin (as a percent)	4.50%
2015 Golub Term Loan | Minimum | LIBOR
Revolving credit facilities and long-term debt
Interest rate (as a percent)	1.00%
2015 Golub Term Loan | Leverage ratio as of December 30, 2017 | Maximum
Revolving credit facilities and long-term debt
Consolidated total net leverage ratio		4.50
2015 Golub Term Loan | Leverage ratio as of December 2018 | Maximum | Subsequent Event
Revolving credit facilities and long-term debt
Consolidated total net leverage ratio					4.00
June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver
Revolving credit facilities and long-term debt
Borrowing capacity	$ 125,000,000					$ 135,000,000
Commitment fee on unused capacity (as a percentage)	0.25%
Amount outstanding under 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver		$ 21,000,000	33,300,000
Interest expense		$ 1,900,000	$ 1,500,000	$ 900,000
Weighted average interest rate (as a percent)		2.50%	1.90%	1.70%
Additional interest rate required if certain triggering events come into existence (as a percent)	2.00%
Deferred loan fees	$ 1,000,000	$ 500,000	$ 600,000
June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver | Federal funds rate
Revolving credit facilities and long-term debt
Basis margin (as a percent)	0.50%
June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver | One-month LIBOR rate
Revolving credit facilities and long-term debt
Basis margin (as a percent)	1.00%
June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver | Minimum
Revolving credit facilities and long-term debt
Consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio	1.00
June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver | Minimum | Base rate
Revolving credit facilities and long-term debt
Basis margin (as a percent)	0.00%
June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver | Minimum | LIBOR
Revolving credit facilities and long-term debt
Basis margin (as a percent)	1.00%
June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver | Maximum | Base rate
Revolving credit facilities and long-term debt
Basis margin (as a percent)	0.25%
June 2015 Wells Fargo Revolver | Maximum | LIBOR
Revolving credit facilities and long-term debt
Basis margin (as a percent)	1.25%

XML

Revolving Credit Facilities and Long-Term Debt - Aggregate Contractual Maturities (Details) - 2015 Golub Term Loan - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2018	Apr. 01, 2017
Fiscal year
2022	$ 186,500
Total	$ 186,500	$ 196,500

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - Narrative (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Apr. 01, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016	Oct. 19, 2014	Jan. 27, 2012
Stock-Based Compensation
Common stock, par value (in dollars per share)	$ 0.0001	$ 0.0001
Stock-based compensation expense	$ 2.2	$ 3.0	$ 2.9
Cost of goods sold
Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation expense	$ 0.4	$ 0.5	$ 0.4
Stock Options
Stock-Based Compensation
Stock options granted	448,792
Grant date fair value (in dollars per share)	$ 2.73
Exercise price (in dollars per share)	$ 5.24
Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense	$ 3.0
Weighted-average recognition period	2 years 11 months 27 days
Restricted Stock Awards
Stock-Based Compensation
Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense	$ 1.9
Weighted-average recognition period	3 years 6 months 7 days
2011 Plan
Stock-Based Compensation
Shares authorized					3,750,000
2011 Plan | Stock Options
Stock-Based Compensation
Expiration period	10 years
Vesting period	5 years
2014 Plan
Stock-Based Compensation
Shares authorized				3,600,000
Common stock, par value (in dollars per share)				$ 0.0001
2014 Plan | Stock Options
Stock-Based Compensation
Expiration period	8 years
Vesting period	5 years
2014 Plan | Stock Options | Members of management
Stock-Based Compensation
Vesting period	5 years	5 years	5 years
Stock options granted	448,792	560,892	294,153
Aggregate grant date fair value	$ 1.2	$ 1.5	$ 2.7
2014 Plan | Stock Options | Members of management | Minimum
Stock-Based Compensation
Grant date fair value (in dollars per share)	$ 2.11	$ 2.50	$ 7.48
Exercise price (in dollars per share)	6.15	7.11	22.31
2014 Plan | Stock Options | Members of management | Maximum
Stock-Based Compensation
Grant date fair value (in dollars per share)	6.97	2.95	11.52
Exercise price (in dollars per share)	$ 18.66	$ 8.38	$ 32.02
2014 Plan | Restricted Stock Awards | Minimum
Stock-Based Compensation
Vesting period	1 year
2014 Plan | Restricted Stock Awards | Maximum
Stock-Based Compensation
Vesting period	4 years
2014 Plan | Restricted Stock Units
Stock-Based Compensation
Vesting period	5 years	5 years	5 years
Restricted stock units granted	126,800	136,732	86,530
Aggregate grant date fair value	$ 1.1	$ 1.1	$ 1.7
2014 Plan | Restricted Stock Units | Minimum
Stock-Based Compensation
Vesting period	1 year
2014 Plan | Restricted Stock Units | Maximum
Stock-Based Compensation
Vesting period	5 years

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - Stock Options and Significant Valuation Assumptions (Details) - Stock Options - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Apr. 01, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Assumptions used
Expected option term	P5Y6M	P5Y6M	P5Y6M
Expected volatility factor, minimum	34.00%	35.80%	33.30%
Expected volatility factor, maximum	35.50%	36.00%	36.70%
Risk-free interest rate		1.40%
Risk-free interest rate, minimum	1.80%		1.30%
Risk-free interest rate, maximum	2.70%		1.80%
Expected annual dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%
Stock Options
Outstanding at the beginning of period	2,543,660
Granted	448,792
Exercised	(705,474)
Canceled, forfeited or expired	(211,893)
Outstanding at the end of period	2,075,085	2,543,660
Vested and expected to vest after end of period	2,075,085
Exercisable at end of period	1,094,154
Grant Date Weighted-Average Exercise Price
Outstanding at the beginning of period	$ 9.29
Granted	7.74
Exercise price (in dollars per share)	5.24
Canceled, forfeited or expired	8.66
Outstanding at the end of period	10.40	$ 9.29
Vested and expected to vest at end of period	10.40
Exercisable at end of period	$ 10.23
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life
Weighted average remaining contractual life, awards outstanding	5 years 4 months 24 days
Weighted average remaining contractual life, awards vested and expected to vest	5 years 4 months 24 days
Weighted average remaining contractual life, awards exercisable	4 years 6 months
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Aggregate intrinsic value, awards exercised	$ 8,012
Aggregate intrinsic value, awards outstanding	16,988
Aggregate intrinsic value, awards vested and expected to vest	16,988
Aggregate intrinsic value, awards exercisable	$ 8,999

XML

Stock-Based Compensation - Nonvested Options (Details) - Stock Options	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018 $ / shares shares
Shares
Nonvested at beginning of period | shares	1,148,500
Granted | shares	448,792
Vested | shares	(409,153)
Nonvested shares forfeited | shares	(207,208)
Nonvested at end of period | shares	980,931
Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value
Nonvested at beginning of period | $ / shares	$ 4.84
Granted | $ / shares	2.73
Vested | $ / shares	4.92
Nonvested shares forfeited | $ / shares	3.70
Nonvested at end of period | $ / shares	$ 4.08

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Details)	Apr. 28, 2016 item
Commitments and Contingencies
Number of employees filing wage and hour class action	2

XML

Leases - Future Minimum Rental Payments Under Operating Leases and Rent Expense (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Apr. 01, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Operating leases, future minimum payments
2019	$ 35,545
2020	32,588
2021	31,342
2022	27,063
2023	22,348
Thereafter	46,771
Total	195,657
Rent expense	$ 43,300	$ 41,300	$ 38,100

XML

Leases - Capital Leases and Other Information (Details) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 26, 2016 store building item	Mar. 31, 2018 USD ($)	Apr. 01, 2017 USD ($)
Capital leases and the financing transactions included in property and equipment
Property and equipment, gross		$ 10,591	$ 10,591
Less: accumulated depreciation		(1,980)	(1,272)
Property and equipment, net		8,611	9,319
Capital leases, future minimum payments
2019		1,291
2020		1,302
2021		1,326
2022		1,351
2023		1,300
Thereafter		5,527
Total		12,097
Less: Imputed interest		(4,273)
Present value of capital lease and financing transaction		7,824
Less: Current capital lease and financing transaction		(521)	(447)
Noncurrent capital lease and financing transaction		7,303	7,825
Buildings
Capital leases and the financing transactions included in property and equipment
Property and equipment, gross		7,588	7,588
Land
Capital leases and the financing transactions included in property and equipment
Property and equipment, gross		2,530	2,530
Leasehold improvements
Capital leases and the financing transactions included in property and equipment
Property and equipment, gross		410	410
Equipment
Capital leases and the financing transactions included in property and equipment
Property and equipment, gross		63	$ 63
Capital Lease
Capital Lease and Financing Transactions
Number of retail stores acquired as part of acquisition | store	2
Number of office buildings acquired as part of acquisition | building	2
Number of distribution center facilities acquired as part of acquisition | item	1
Capital leases, future minimum payments
Present value of capital lease and financing transaction		$ 700
Capital Lease | Minimum
Capital Lease and Financing Transactions
Effective interest rate (as a percent)		6.10%
Capital Lease | Maximum
Capital Lease and Financing Transactions
Effective interest rate (as a percent)		10.90%
Financing Transactions
Capital leases, future minimum payments
Present value of capital lease and financing transaction		$ 7,100

XML

Leases - Other liabilities (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands	Mar. 31, 2018	Apr. 01, 2017
Other liabilities, which relate to long term lease liabilities
Above-market leases	$ 7	$ 9
Long-term deferred rent	14,812	13,591
Capital lease residual value	3,968	3,968
Other	17
Total other liabilities	$ 18,804	$ 17,568

XML

Defined Contribution Plan (Details) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018 USD ($) item	Apr. 01, 2017 USD ($)	Mar. 26, 2016 USD ($)
Defined Contribution Plan
Minimum number of hours required for eligibility | item	1,000
Plan contributions and plan costs | $	$ 0.7	$ 0.6	$ 0.4
First 3%
Defined Contribution Plan
Percentage of employer match	100.00%
Percentage of employee gross pay for which employer contributes a full matching contribution	3.00%
Next 2%
Defined Contribution Plan
Percentage of employer match	50.00%
Percentage of employee gross pay for which employer contributes a full matching contribution	5.00%

XML

Income Taxes (Details) - USD ($) $ in Thousands			12 Months Ended
	Jan. 01, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2018	Apr. 01, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Accrued interest and penalties			$ 0	$ 0
Current:
Federal			(104)	2,274	$ 2,533
State			544	464	1,105
Foreign				8	8
Total current			440	2,746	3,646
Deferred:
Federal			622	5,946	3,736
State			1,237	231	65
Foreign			1	(1)	(4)
Total deferred			1,860	6,176	3,797
Total income tax expense			$ 2,300	$ 8,922	$ 7,443
The reconciliation between the Company's effective tax rate on income from operations and the statutory tax rate
Expected provision at statutory U.S. federal tax rate	21.00%	35.00%	30.80%	35.00%	35.00%
State and local taxes, net of federal tax benefit			3.30%	3.00%	4.70%
Change in state rate			(0.20%)	(1.20%)	1.00%
Federal rate change			(22.40%)
Acquisition costs					1.80%
Permanent items			1.10%	0.30%	1.70%
Excess tax benefit of stock based compensation			(5.70%)
Other			0.50%	1.50%	(1.20%)
Effective tax rate			7.40%	38.60%	43.00%
Deferred tax assets:
State taxes			$ 47	$ 237
Accrued liabilities			2,369	3,479
Award program liabilities			117	782
Deferred revenue			1,062	1,233
Inventory			2,338	3,421
Stock options			1,436	2,574
Net operating loss carryforward			5,077	7,232
Other, net			393	584
Total deferred tax assets			12,839	19,542
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization			(23,875)	(29,551)
Prepaid expenses			(1,222)	(926)
Total deferred tax liabilities			(25,097)	(30,477)
Valuation allowance			(772)	(235)
Net deferred tax liabilities			(13,030)	$ (11,170)
Federal
Deferred tax liabilities:
Net operating loss carryforwards			14,400
State
Deferred tax liabilities:
Net operating loss carryforwards			$ 8,000

XML

Income Taxes - Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions			12 Months Ended
	Jan. 01, 2018	Dec. 31, 2017	Mar. 31, 2018	Apr. 01, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Income Taxes
Federal corporate income tax rate	21.00%	35.00%	30.80%	35.00%	35.00%
Non-cash tax benefit			$ (7.0)
Tax benefit from the exercise of stock options and restricted stock vestings			$ 1.8

XML

Related Party Transactions (Details) - USD ($) $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Apr. 01, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Freeman Spogli & Co.
Related Party Transactions
Ownership interest by majority stockholder in specialty retail vendor	20.60%
Capital expenditures related to specialty retail vendor	$ 0.3	$ 0.2
John Grijalva
Related Party Transactions
Merchandise purchased	17.0	16.1	$ 17.7
Commissions paid on sales	$ 1.1	$ 1.3	$ 1.3

XML

Earnings Per Share (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Dec. 30, 2017	Sep. 30, 2017	Jul. 01, 2017	Apr. 01, 2017	Dec. 24, 2016	Sep. 24, 2016	Jun. 25, 2016	Mar. 31, 2018	Apr. 01, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Earnings Per Share
Net income									$ 28,879	$ 14,197	$ 9,868
Weighted average basic shares outstanding	27,134,000	26,674,000	26,608,000	26,559,000	26,535,000	26,495,000	26,427,000	26,373,000	26,744,000	26,459,000	26,170,000
Dilutive effect of options and restricted stock									784,000	480,000	785,000
Weighted average diluted shares outstanding	28,245,000	27,596,000	26,950,000	26,969,000	27,068,000	27,165,000	26,897,000	26,616,000	27,528,000	26,939,000	26,955,000
Basic earnings per share	$ 0.25	$ 0.76	$ 0.04	$ 0.03	$ 0.10	$ 0.40	$ 0.02	$ 0.02	$ 1.08	$ 0.54	$ 0.38
Diluted earnings per share	$ 0.24	$ 0.73	$ 0.04	$ 0.03	$ 0.10	$ 0.39	$ 0.02	$ 0.02	$ 1.05	$ 0.53	$ 0.37
Shares that were not included in the computation of weighted average diluted common shares amounts									476,870	694,278	476,333

XML

Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited) (Details) - USD ($) $ / shares in Units, shares in Thousands, $ in Thousands	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2018	Dec. 30, 2017	Sep. 30, 2017	Jul. 01, 2017	Apr. 01, 2017	Dec. 24, 2016	Sep. 24, 2016	Jun. 25, 2016	Mar. 31, 2018	Apr. 01, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)
Net sales	$ 170,766	$ 224,732	$ 143,072	$ 139,379	$ 163,003	$ 199,431	$ 133,969	$ 133,414	$ 677,949	$ 629,816	$ 569,020
Gross profit	52,896	71,937	41,690	41,392	49,328	63,363	36,446	40,750	207,915	189,886	173,203
Income (loss) from operations	11,282	24,395	5,638	4,941	8,063	20,863	4,443	4,450	46,255	37,818	30,234
Net income/(loss)	$ 6,855	$ 20,149	$ 1,098	$ 777	$ 2,588	$ 10,507	$ 479	$ 624	$ 28,879	$ 14,197	$ 9,868
Earnings/(loss) per share:
Basic shares (in dollars per share)	$ 0.25	$ 0.76	$ 0.04	$ 0.03	$ 0.10	$ 0.40	$ 0.02	$ 0.02	$ 1.08	$ 0.54	$ 0.38
Diluted shares (in dollars per share)	$ 0.24	$ 0.73	$ 0.04	$ 0.03	$ 0.10	$ 0.39	$ 0.02	$ 0.02	$ 1.05	$ 0.53	$ 0.37
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic shares	27,134	26,674	26,608	26,559	26,535	26,495	26,427	26,373	26,744	26,459	26,170
Diluted shares	28,245	27,596	26,950	26,969	27,068	27,165	26,897	26,616	27,528	26,939	26,955

XML

Subsequent Events (Details) - store	Apr. 24, 2018	Mar. 31, 2018	Apr. 01, 2017	Mar. 26, 2016
Subsequent Events
Number of Stores		226	219	208
Subsequent Event | Lone Star
Subsequent Events
Number of Stores	3